M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. - Gujarat Pollution …...EIA report for proposed expansion of power plant by installation of 45 MW Captive Power Pant M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd (Unit

DRAFT

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT REPORT

FOR THE PROPOSED EXPANSION OF POWER PLANT BY

INSTALLATION OF NEW 45 MW CAPTIVE POWER PLANT

[ Project/Activity No.- 1(d), Cat.-‘B’ ]

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd.

(Unit : Chemical Division)

Plot No.-1, GIDC Industrial Estate, P.O. - Vilayat,

Taluka- Vagra, District-Bharuch, Gujarat

Prepared By

Anand Environmental Consultants (P) Ltd. (QCI / NABET Accredited and NABL Accredited)

16, Everest Tower, Naranpura, Ahmedabad-380013,Gujarat

Phone No.: 079-27484871, E-mail: [email protected]

June-2018

mailto:[email protected]

Nirzar Lakhia +91 8490849095 Training & Consultancy Surveying & Mapping Geo-visualization RS>GPS>GIS

A/1 Sona Duplex, 190 Nehrupark Society, Vastrapur, Ahmedabad-380015 / [email protected]

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. 16, Everest Tower, Nr. Yash Shivalik, Nr. Ankur Society, Opp. Shashtrinagar BRTS Stop, Naranpura, Ahmedabad-380 013. Kind Attn. : Shri Rakesh Shah

Dear Sir :

Sub. : My association with Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. as a Functional

Area Expert in the field of Land Use (LU), Geo-Hydrology (HG) and Geology (GEO).

Ref. : EIA report for the expansion in 45 MW Captive Power Plant, of M/s. Grasim Industries Limited at Plot No.-1, GIDC Industrial Estate, P.O. - Vilayat, Taluka-Vagra, District-Bharuch, Gujarat.

This is to certify that I, Mr. Nirzar Lakhia was a part of the EIA team that carried out the EIA study and associated report as stated above. My expertise as a Land Use (LU), Geo-Hydrology (HG) and Geology (GEO) expert was provided for the same. My association may please be stated in the above EIA report. Thanking you, Sincerely,

(NIRZAR LAKHIA)

EIA report for proposed expansion of power plant by installation of 45 MW Captive Power Pant

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd (Unit : Chemical Division)

GIDC Industrial Estate, Vilayat, Bharuch, Gujarat

Table of Contents

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( i ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Table of Contents

S. No. Title Page No.

a. Executive Summary E1 – E5

b. Table of Contents i

c. List of Tables v

d. List of Figures vii

e. List of Annexures viii

f. Abbreviations ix

g. TOR letter x

h. TOR & It’s Compliance xvii

Chapter-1: Introduction 1.1 – 1.9

1.1. Purpose of the Report 1.1

1.2. Identification of Project and Project Proponent 1.1

1.3. Breif Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & Its Importance to the

country and Region 1.2

1.3.1 Site Selection 1.7

1.3.2 Nearest Infrastructure Facility /Site Approach 1.8

1.4. Project and Its Importance to Country, Region 1.8

1.5. Environmental Statutory and Regulatory Framework 1.9

1.6. Objectives of EIA Study 1.9

1.7. Scope and Methodology 1.9

Chapter-2: Project Description 2.1-2.25

2.1. Type of Project 2.1

2.2. Need for the Project 2.1

2.3. Location of the Project 2.1

2.4. Requirements for the Project 2.1

2.4.1 Land Area Requirement 2.1

2.4.2 Infrastructure Facilities 2.1

2.5. Size/Magnitude of Operation 2.2

2.6. Fuel Requirement 2.2

2.7. Steam Requirement/Generation and Utilisation 2.3

2.8. Details of Boiler/Stacks/APCM 2.5

2.9. Water Requirement and Waste Water Generation Details 2.5

2.10. Wastewater (Effluent) Treatment and Disposal 2.7

2.10.1 Domestic Wastewater 2.7

2.10.2 Industrial Effluent 2.7

2.11. Power Requirement 2.9

2.12. Manpower Requirement 2.10

2.13. Power Generation Process Description 2.10

2.13.1 Existing 96 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP) 2.10

2.13.2 Proposed 45 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP) 2.10

2.13.3 Auxiliary Plants Required for Power Plant Operation 2.11

2.13.4 Specific safety measures proposed at storage yard/ warehouse and

conveyor belts 2.12

2.14. Details of Proposed Fire Fighting System 2.16

2.15. Fugitive Emissions 2.17

2.16. Solid / Hazardous Waste Genration Details 2.18

2.17. Noise and Vibration 2.18

2.18. Greenbelt Development 2.19

2.18.1 Selection of Plants for Greenbelts 2.20

2.18.2 Recommended Plants for Green Belt Development 2.20




Table of Contents

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( ii ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)


2.18.3 Guidelines for Plantation 2.22

2.19. Rain Water Harvesting 2.23

2.20. Occupational Health and Safety 2.23

2.21. Socio Economic Development / Welfare Activities 2.24

2.22. Cleaner Production 2.25

2.23. Resource Conservation 2.26

Chapter-3: Description Of The Environment 3.1 – 3.57

3.1. Introduction 3.1

3.2. Pollution Control Statutory Requirement 3.1

3.3. Scope of Baseline Data Collection 3.1

3.4. Map of the Study Area 3.2

3.5. Landuse 3.3

3.5.1 Data Sets 3.4

3.5.2 Study Area 3.4

3.5.3 Methodology 3.4

3.5.4 Generic Framework of Landuse Mapping: 3.4

3.5.5 Study area 3.5

3.5.6 Geography and climate 3.6

3.5.7 About the study area 3.6

3.5.8 Landuse description 3.6

3.6. Geology and Soils 3.7

3.6.1 Physiography 3.7

3.6.2 Geology 3.7

3.6.3 Soils 3.8

3.6.4 Mineral Resources 3.8

3.6.5 Digital Elevation Model 3.9

3.7. Geohydrology 3.11

3.7.1 Drainage 3.11

3.8. Meteorology 3.12

3.8.1 Primary Meteorological Data 3.12

3.8.2 Secondary Meteorological Data 3.14

3.8.2.1 Relative Humidity and Vapour Pressure 3.14

3.8.2.2 Rainfall 3.15

3.8.2.3 Cloud Cover 3.16

3.9. Air Environment 3.16

3.9.1 Frequency and Period of Monitoring 3.17

3.9.2 Testing Method for AAQ parameters 3.17

3.9.3 Baseline Status of Ambient Air Quality of Study Area 3.19

3.10. Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring 3.20

3.10.1 Duration of Sampling & Methodology 3.20

3.10.2 Results of Ambient Noise Quality 3.21

3.10.3 Baseline Status of Ambient Noise Quality 3.21

3.11. Water Environment 3.21

3.11.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 3.21

3.11.2 Duration of Sampling and Method of Testing 3.22

3.12. Soil Environment (Base-Line Data) 3.28

3.12.1 Duration of Sampling Method of Testing and Results 3.28

3.13. Ecology and Biodiversity 3.29

3.13.1 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment 3.29

3.13.2 Biological Diversity 3.29

3.13.3 Ecological Impact Assessment 3.29

3.13.4 Period of the study and Study area 3.30

3.13.5 Methodology 3.30




Table of Contents

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( iii ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)


3.13.6 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment 3.31

3.13.6.1 Habitats description of the project site and its immediate surroundings 3.31

3.13.6.2 Habitats description of the area (10 Km) 3.31

3.13.6.3 Floral Diversity of the study area 3.31

3.13.7 Quantitative Assessment of Flora from the sampling plots 3.37

3.13.7.1 Quantitative analysis adopted 3.38

3.13.8 Cultivated Plants in the study area 3.40

3.13.8.1 Major crops 3.40

3.13.8.2 Minor crops 3.40

3.13.8.3 Horticulture practices and fruit grown: 3.40

3.13.9 Rare and Endangered flora in the study area 3.40

3.13.10 Endemic Plants of the study area 3.41

3.13.11 Status of Forest and their category in the study area 3.42

3.13.12 Faunal Biodiversity in the study area 3.42

3.13.13 Birds of the study area 3.42

3.13.14 Butterflies from the study area 3.44

3.13.15 Herpetofauna 3.44

3.13.16 Mammals 3.45

3.13.17 Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area 3.45

3.13.17.1 As per IUCN RED (2010) list 3.45

3.13.17.2 As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 3.45

3.13.17.3 Conservation Measures for Peacock or Indian peafowl 3.45

3.13.17.4 Description 3.46

3.13.17.5 Habitat 3.46

3.13.17.6 Status in the study area 3.46

3.13.17.7 Threats in the study area 3.46

3.13.17.8 Conservation through habitat improvement and awareness 3.46

3.14. Socio- Economics 3.47

3.14.1 Objective 3.47

3.14.2 General Field Observation 3.47

3.14.3 Field observation for Occupational Pattern in Surveyed Villages 3.47

3.14.4 Social Education Amenities 3.47

3.14.5 CSR initiatives taken in Villages for the education Amenities 3.48

3.14.6 Health Facilities 3.48

3.14.7 CSR initiatives taken in to Villages for the Health Amenities 3.48

3.14.8 Villages infrastructure 3.49

3.14.9 CSR initiatives taken in Villages for the improvement of Health Amenities 3.49

3.14.10 Summary of Social Amenities 3.49

3.14.11 Field Observation through various Activities 3.50

3.14.12 Secondary Data 3.52

3.14.13 Demography 3.52

3.14.14 Economic Status and Occupational Pattern 3.55

3.14.15 Social Economics Amenities 3.57

Chapter-4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts And Mitigation Measures 4.1 – 4.47

4.1. Impact Identification 4.1

4.2. Identification Matrix 4.1

4.3. Impact Identification - Component Interation Technique 4.1

4.4. Impact Identification by Integration 4.4

4.5. Impact Evaluation Using Leopod Matrix 4.7

4.6. Suggestive Preventive Control /Mitigation Measures based on significant

Environmental Impact 4.10

4.6.1 Land Environment 4.10

4.6.2 Geology and Soil Environment 4.17




Table of Contents

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( iv ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)


4.6.3 Geohydrology 4.18

4.6.4 Meteorology /Air Environment 4.23

4.6.4.1 Air Environment 4.23

4.6.4.2 Dispersion Modelling 4.23

4.6.5 Noise and Vibration 4.33

4.6.6 Water Environment 4.34

4.6.7 Solid /Hazardous Waste Generation 4.35

4.6.8 Ecology and Biodiversity 4.36

4.6.8.1 Potential impacts on the environment 4.36

4.6.8.2 Impact Identification and Prediction 4.37

4.6.9 Socio-Economic Environment 4.41

4.6.10 Risk & Hazards 4.45

Chapter-5: Analysis Of Alternatives 5.1 - 5.2

5.1. Site Alternative 5.1

5.2. Alternative for Technologies 5.1

Chapter-6: Environmental Monitoring Program 6.1 – 6.3

6.1. Objectives of Environment Monitoring 6.1

6.2. Details of Environment Monitoring 6.1

6.3. Statutory Environmental Requirements and Reporting Schedules 6.3

Chapter-7: Additional Studies 7.1 – 7.1

7.1. Risk Assessment 7.1

7.2. Social Impact / R&R Action Plan 7.1

7.3. Public Consultation 7.1

Chapter-8: Project Benefits 8.1 – 8.2

8.1. General 8.1

8.2. Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure 8.1

8.3. Improvements in the Social Infrastructure 8.1

8.4. Employment Potential–Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled 8.1

8.5. Other Tangible Benefits 8.2

Chapter-9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9.1 – 9.1

9.1. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9.1

Chapter-10: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) 10.1- 10.10

10.1. Objectives of Environmental Management Plan 10.1

10.2. Environmental Management Cell 10.1

10.3. Pollution Control Arrangement / Mitigative Measures 10.3

10.4. Budgetary Allocation For Pollution Control Arrangements 10.10

Chapter-11: Summary And Conclusion 11.1 - 11.3

11.1. Land/ Soil Environment 11.1

11.2. Meteorology and Air Environment 11.1

11.3. Noise Environment 11.1

11.4. Water Environment 11.1

11.5. Geohydrology 11.2

11.6. Geology 11.2

11.7. Ecology and Biodiversity 11.2

11.8. Socio-Economic Environment 11.2

11.9. Risk and Hazard 11.2

11.10. Summary of the EIA Study 11.3

Chapter-12: Disclosure Of Consultants Engaged 12.1 - 12.2




List of Tables

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( v ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

List of Tables

Chapter-1 Table 1- 1: Details of products and production capacity

Table 1- 2: List of promoters of the company

Table 1- 3: Environmental settings in the 10 km study area

Table 1- 4: Infrastructure Facility

Chapter-2 Table 2- 1: Break-up of land area Table 2- 2: Additional infrastructure facility for the proposed expansion Table 2- 3: Prduction details Table 2- 4: Details of raw materials Table 2- 5: Details of fuel Table 2- 6: Steam requirement/generation Table 2- 7: Details of Boiler/Stack/APCM Table 2- 8: Details of water consumption

Table 2- 10: Expected characteristics of wastewater

Table 2- 11: Break-up of power requirement

Table 2- 12: Man power requirement

Table 2- 13: Specification of proposed boiler

Table 2- 14: Specification of turbine Table 2- 15: Proposed ESP specification Table 2- 16: Details of fugitive emissions Table 2- 17: Solid/hazardous waste details Table 2- 18: Source of Noise Generation and Mitigation Measures Table 2- 19: Land area details for greenbelt development

Table 2- 20: Five year budget allocated for greenbelt development

Table 2- 21: IIIrd Tier plantation management

Table 2- 22: Recommended plant species for green belt development Table 2-23: List of suitable ornamental climbers/shrubs as plantation inside the garden & open spaces

Table 2- 24: Details of budget allocated towards CSR activities based on field visit

Table 2- 25: Cleaner production activities

Table 2- 26: Resource Conservation

Chapter-3 Table 3- 1: Methodology adopted for collection of baseline data Table 3- 2: Scope of the study area Table 3- 3: Site specific meteorological data Table 3- 4: Monthly data of relative humidity and vapour pressure Table 3- 5: Average rainfall data of Bharuch district Table 3- 6: Monthly data of cloud amount Table 3- 7: Villages considered for the study Table 3- 8: Location of ambient air quality monitoring stations Table 3- 9: Results of ambient air quality (AAQ) Table 3- 10: Baseline status of ambient air quality

Table 3- 11: Location of ambient noise monitoring

Table 3- 12: Noise levels at ambient air monitoring stations

Table 3- 13: Surface water sampling location

Table 3- 14: Ground water sampling location

Table 3- 15: Surface water quality (pond water)

Table 3- 16: Surface water quality (river)

Table 3- 17: Surface water quality (used as drinking water)

Table 3- 18: Ground water quality (not used as drinking)

Table 3- 19: Soil sampling location details Table 3- 20: Chemical characteristics of soil




List of Tables

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( vi ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Table 3- 21: Trees in the study area Table 3- 22: List of the shrubs in the study area Table 3- 23: List of herbaceous species observed in the study area Table 3- 24: List of climbers observed in the area Table 3- 25: Sampling plot details Table 3- 26: Quantitative data of the study area (from the sampling plots only) Table 3- 27: Systematic list of birds in the study area with its residential status Table 3- 29: Reptiles in the study area

Table 3- 30: Mammals in the study area

Table 3- 31: Occupational pattern (industrial categories of main workers) for rural population

Table 3- 32: Social Education Amenities

Table 3- 33: Health Amenities


Table 3- 35: Summary of Social Amenities

Table 3- 36: Comparative Demographic Information

Table 3- 37: Comparative Demographic Information at Macro level (2001) Table 3- 38: Percentage of main workers, marginal workers and non- workers for rural population Table 3- 39: Occupational pattern (industrial categories of main workers) for rural population Table 3- 40: Distribution of village according to the availability of different amenities

Chapter-4 Table 4- 1: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during construction phase) Table 4- 2: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during operation phase) Table 4- 3: Potential impact matrix for thermal power plant (during construction phase)

Table 4- 4: Potential impact matrix for thermal power plant (during operation phase)

Table 4- 5: Sensitivity index

Table 4- 6: Attribute ranking

Table 4- 7: Severity criteria for magnitude of impacts Table 4- 8: Score ranges for benefecials and adverse impacts

Table 4- 9: Impact evaluation matrix for thermal power plant (during construction phase)

Table 4- 10: Impact evaluation matrix for thermal power plant (during operation phase)

Table 4- 11: Impact and mitigation measures on land environment

Table 4- 12: LULC/PM2.5 Affected Area

Table 4- 13: LULC/PM10 Affected Area

Table 4- 14: LULC/SO2 Affected Area

Table 4- 15: Area of Risk Scenarios

Table 4- 16: Impact and mitigation measures on geology and soil environment

Table 4- 17: Impact and mitigation measures on Geo-hydrology Table 4- 18: Data used for the evaluation of the ground level concentration Table 4- 19: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM10 Table 4- 20: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM2.5

Table 4- 21: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – NOx

Table 4- 22: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –SO2

Table 4- 23: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Air Environment

Table 4- 24: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Noise and Vibration

Table 4- 25: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Water Environment

Table 4- 26: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Solid/Hazardous Waste

Table 4- 27: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Ecology and Biodiversity

Table 4- 28: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Socio-Economic Environment

Table 4- 29: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Risk & Hazards

Chapter-5 Table 5- 1: Analysis of alternative technologies with respect to manufacturing process Table 5- 2: Analysis of alternative technologies with respect to environment/waste management

Chapter-6 Table 6- 1: Environmental monitoring programme




List Of Figures

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( vii ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

List Of Figures

Chapter-1 Figure 1- 1: The index map showing the project location

Figure 1- 2: Google image showing corner co-ordinates of entire grasim plant

Figure 1- 3: Figure showing environmental settings in 10 km

Figure 1- 4: Photographs showing existing and proposed plant

Chapter-2 Figure 2- 1: Layout plan of the project site

Figure 2- 2: Total water balance diagram (Existing + Proposed)

Figure 2- 3: Schematic flow digram of effluent treatment plant (ETP)

Figure 2- 4: Schematic flow diagram of sewage treatment plant (STP)

Figure 2- 5: Fly ash handling system

Figure 2- 6: Flow diagram of power generation

Figure 2- 7: Photographs of existing green belt

Figure 2- 8: Rainwater harvesting structure

Figure 2- 9: Organic Waste Convertor

Chapter-3 Figure 3- 1: Map of the study area (10 km)

Figure 3- 3: Village map of the study area

Figure 3- 4: Satellite image of the study area

Figure 3- 5: Landuse of the study area

Figure 3- 6: Geology map of the study area

Figure 3- 7: Soil map of the study area

Figure 3- 8: Altitude map of the study area

Figure 3- 9: Slope map of the study area

Figure 3- 10: Aspect map of the study area

Figure 3- 11: Drainage map of the study area

Figure 3- 12: Daily average tempreature recorde during study period

Figure 3- 13: Wind class distribution during the study period

Figure 3- 14: Windrose diagrams of the study period

Figure 3- 15: Site visit and detail discussion with CSR manager

Figure 3- 16: One to one interaction with Village stake holders

Figure 3- 17: Need assessment through observing available amenities

Figure 3- 18:(a) Comparative Demographic Status of Bharuch district

Figure 3-18:(b) Comparative Status of Sex Ratio & Population Density in Bharuch district

Figure 3- 19:(a) Comparative Analysis of Sex Ratio at Micro Level

Figure 3-19:(b) Comparitive Analysis of Demographic varibales at Micro Level

Chapter-4 Figure 4- 1: LULC/ PM2.5 Affected Area

Figure 4- 2: LULC-PM10 Affected Area

Figure 4- 3: LULC/SO2 Affected Area

Figure 4- 4: Risk Scenarios ovelaid on landuse map

Figure 4- 5: TDS MAP of the Study Area

Figure 4- 6: CGWB has categorized the area of Vagra as Safe Zone according to the Report of 2011

Figure 4- 7: Data Flow in AERMOD

Figure 4- 8: Air quality contour for pollutant – PM10

Figure 4- 9:Air quality contour for pollutant – PM10 [Google Image]

Figure 4- 10: Air quality contour for pollutant – NO2

Figure 4- 11: Air quality contour for pollutant – NO2 [on Google image]

Figure 4- 12: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2

Figure 4- 13: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2 [on Google image]

Chapter-10 Figure 10-1: Environmental Management Organogram




List of Annexures

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( viii ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

List of Annexures

Chapter- 1

Annexure- 1.1 : Terms of reference issued by SEAC /SEIAA, Gujarat

Annexure- 1.2 : EC compliance

Annexure- 1.3 : CC&A and compliance

Annexure- 1.4 : MoEF&CC’ O.M. regarding Terms of reference

Chapter- 2

Annexure- 2.1 : Trafific survey

Annexure- 2.2 : Coal purchase order

Annexure- 2.3 : Coal analysis report

Annexure- 2.4 : GIDC letter for water supply

Annexure- 2.5 : Details of STP

Annexure- 2.6 : Adequacy certificate

Annexure- 2.7 : Undertaking with respect to no fly ash pond construction

Annexure- 2.8 : Fly ash generation and disposal compliance report

Annexure- 2.9 : CSR carried out for FY 2016-2017

Annexure- 2.10 ; Site visit photos

Annexure- 2.11 : Show cause notice

Chapter- 3

Annexure- 3.1 : National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), 2009

Annexure- 3.2 : Drinking water specification (IS 10500 : 2012)

Annexure- 3.3 : The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 - ambient noise

standards

Annexure- 3.4 : Damage risk criteria for hearing loss Occupational Safety & Health Administration

(OSHA)

Annexure- 3.5 : Photographs showing ambient air monitoring location

Annexure- 3.6 : Photographs showing noise monitoring / sampling locations

Annexure- 3.7 : Photographs showing water sampling locations

Annexure- 3.8 : Photographs showing soil sampling locations

Annexure- 3.9 : Ambient air monitoring in villages

Annexure- 3.10 : Socio economic profile

Annexure- 3.11 : Details of the laboratory (NABL Accredited) used for baseline monitoring

Chapter- 4

Annexure- 4.1 : Do’s and Don’t’s

Chapter- 6

Annexure- 6.1 : Ambient air

Chapter- 7

Annexure- 7.1 : Risk assessment report

Chapter- 10

Annexure- 10.1 : EHS Policy

Annexure- 10.2 : Complince report with repect to CREP

Chapter- 12

Annexure- 12.1 : QCI /NABET accreditation details

Annexure- 12.2 : NABL accreditation

Annexure- 12.3 : Undertaking given by the project proponent

Annexure- 12.4 : Undertaking given by the consultant engaged




Abbreviations

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. ( ix ) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Abbreviations

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Station

ANQM Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

AP Air Pollution

APCM Air Pollution Control Measures

APHA American Public Health Association

APTI Air Pollution Tolerance Index

AQ Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling &

Prediction

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

BSI Botanical Survey of India

°C Degree Centigrade

Ca Calcium

CBD Convention on Biological diversity

CHWIF Common Hazardous Wastes Incinerator

Facility

cm2 Centimeter Square

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

CREP Corporate Responsibility for Environmental

Protection

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

D.G. Diesel Generator

dB Decibel

DEM Digital Elevation Model

DTM Digital Terrain Model

E&S Environment and Safety

EAC Expert Appraisal Committee

EB Ecology & Biodiversity

EC Environmental Clearance

EcIA Ecological Impact Assessment

EHS Environmental Health & Safety

EMP Environmental Management Plan

ENG Engineering

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

ETP Effluent Treatment Plant

E-waste Electronic Waste

°F Degree Fahrenheit

FSI Forest Survey of India

GC Gas Chromatography

GEO Geology

GIS Geographic Information System

GLC Ground Level Concentration

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GPS Global Positioning System

GSDMA Gujarat State Disaster Management Authority

GW Ground Water

H₂ Hydrogen Gas

HC Hydrogen Carbons

HCl Hydrochloric Acid

HG Hydrology , Ground Water and Water

Conservation

Hr Hour

HSD High Speed Diesel

IMD India Meteorological Department

IRS-IC Indian Remote Sensing Satellite

IS Indian Standard

ISCST Industrial Source Complex Short Term

ISO International Standard for Organization

IUCN International Union for Conservation of

Nature

km Kilometer

kmph Kilometer per hour

KVA Kilo Volt Ampere

Leq Equivalent Sound Level

LISSIII/

LISS IV

Linear Imaging Self Scanning

LLP Limited Liability Partnership

LU Land Use

mm Millimeter

MoEF & CC Ministry of Environment, Forests &

Climate Change

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

MSIHC Manufacturing, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals

MT Metric Ton

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standard

NABET National Accreditation Board for

Education & Training

NEERI National Environmental Engineering

Research Institute

NGOs Non Governmental Organizations

NOx Nitrogen Oxides

NRSC National Remote Sensing Centre

NV Noise & Vibration

NW North West

OSHA Occupational Safety & Health

Administration

ppm Parts Per Million

QCI Quality Council of India

R Residential

RH Risk Assessment and Hazard Management

RH Relative Humidity

SC Scheduled Castes

SC Soil Conservation

SE South East

SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal Committee

SEIAA State Level Impact Assessment Authority

SHW Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste

Management

SI Sensitivity Index

SO₂ Sulphur Dioxide

SoI Survey of India

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

SPM Suspended Particulate Matter

SS Suspended Solids

ST Scheduled Tribe

SW South West

SW Surface Water

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TM Thematic Mapper

TOF Trees Outside Forests

TOR Terms of Reference

TSS Total Suspended Solids

UNEP United State Environment Programme

USA United States of America

USEPA United State Environmental Protection

Agency

UTM Universal Transverse Mercator

VNIR Visible and Infra Red

VOCs Volatile Organic Compounds

WM Weather Monitor

WP Water Pollution

ZSI Zoological Survey of India




TOR & It’s Compliance

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xvii) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)


Clarifications, information and data as required in Terms of Reference (TOR) vide minutes of the 340th

meeting of the SEAC held on 16/08/2017 and proposal was considered by SEIAA, Gujarat in its meeting held

on 28-9-2017 at Committee Room, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, and issued Terms of Reference (TOR)

published on website as well as its hard copy issued vide letter no SEIAA/ GUJ/ TOR/ 1(d)/ 890/ 2017, dated

29-09-2017. TOR copy is attached as Annexure- 1.1.

A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance is as given below:

Sr.

No.

Terms of Reference (TOR) Reference of TOR in EIA Report

Compliance status / description

Page No.

1 Executive summary of the project- giving a

prima facie idea of the objectives of the proposal,

use of resources, justification etc. In addition, it

should provide a compilation of EIA report

including EMP and the post-project monitoring

plan in brief.

Executive summary of the project is

attached.

--

2 Present land use pattern of the study area shall be

given based on satellite imaginary.

Chapter-3, Section 3-5 3.3

3 Geological features and geo-hydrological status

of the study area.

Chapter-3, Section 3-6/Section 3-7 3.7 & 3.11

4 Demarcation of proposed activities in lay out of

the existing premises. Provisions of Continuous

unobstructed peripheral open path within the

project are for unobstructed easy movement of

the emergency vehicle/fire tenders without

reversing back. Mark the same in the plant

layout.

Please refer Chapter-2, Figure 2-1 2.4

5 Explore feasibilities to go for air cooled

condensers instead of water cooled condensers in

order to reduce the raw water requirement.

We have explored possibility of air

cooled condenser and may go with air

cooled condenser configuration, even

at higher capital cost. This will reduce

water consumption by about

2500 m3/day as cooling tower makeup

--

6 Technical details of the proposed power plant

along with details of strategy for implementation

reuse/recycle and other clean production for

reduction of wastes. Generation of waste gases

and utilization of waste heat have to be set out.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2-13

for technical details of CPP,

Please refer Chapter- 2, Section-2.10

for Reuse/recycle and other clean

production for reduction of wastes.

Generation of waste gases etc.

2.10

2.7

7 Details of the ETP units including its capacity,

size of each unit, retention time and other

technical parameters.

Please refer Chapter- 2, Section-2.10

and Annexure 2.6

2.7

8 Work out the maximum reuse plan for treated

wastewater within the premises instead of

discharging in to the GIDC drainage.

Please refer Chapter- 2, Section-2.10 2.7

9 Application wise break-up of treated effluent

quantity to be recycled/reused in various

applications like sprinkling on roads, coal storage

yard and green belt development etc.


10 Assessment of source of the water supply with

adequacy of the same to meet with the

requirements for the project. Copy of letter of

permission obtained from the concerned

Water will be sourced from GIDC.

Please refer Annexure-2.4

--





Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xviii) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Sr.

No.



Page No.

authority for supply of additional raw water for

the proposed activities.

11 Detailed water balance (including reuse-recycle,

if any) along with qualitative and quantitative

analysis of each waste stream to be generated

from all sources including Boilers, Cooling

Towers, and D.M. Plant etc. Details of methods

to be adopted for the water conservation.


12 Details of the treatment facilities proposed for

the effluent to be generated from the power plant

including existing project. Details of the ETP

units including its capacity (KL/day), size of

each unit, retention time and other technical

parameters and details about up-gradation in the

existing ETP (if any proposed) to take care of

wastewater to be generated from the proposed

activities.

Please refer Chapter- 2, Section-2.10,

Also refer Annexure 2.6

2.7

13 Characteristics of untreated and treated

wastewater. A detailed effluent treatability study

vis-à-vis the adequacy and efficacy of the

treatment facilities proposed for the wastewater

to be generated along the adequacy and efficacy

report. The characteristic on which treatability is

based shall also be stated.

Please refer Chapter- 2, Section-2.10,


2.7

14 Site-specific meteorological data including

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind

speed and direction and rainfall shall be

provided.

Please refer Chapter-3, Section 3.8 3.12

15 Anticipated environmental impacts due to the

proposed project/production may be evaluated

for significance and based on corresponding

likely impacts VECs (Valued Environmental

Components) may be identified. Baseline studies

may be conducted within the study area of 10 km

for all the concerned/identified VECs and likely

impacts will have to be assessed for their

magnitude in order to identify mitigation

measures.


16 One complete season baseline ambient air quality

data (except monsoon) to be given along with the

dates of monitoring. The parameters to be

covered shall be in accordance with the revised

National Ambient Air Quality Standards as well

as project specific parameters. Locations of the

monitoring stations should be so decided so as to

take into consideration the pre-dominant

downwind direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors. There should be at least one

monitoring station in the upwind direction. There

should be at least one monitoring station in the

pre dominant downwind direction at a location

where maximum ground level concentration is

likely to occur.


17 Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area. Please refer Chapter-4, Section -4 4.10 &





Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xix) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Sr.

No.



Page No.

Details of the model used and the input

parameters used for modeling should be

provided. The air quality contour may be plotted

on a location map showing the location of project

site, habitation, sensitive receptors, if any. The

wind roses should also be shown on this map.

Air Quality modeling to be carried out

considering the partial and complete failure of

the ESP.

Sub- Section 4.6.1 and 4.6.4 4.23

18 Quantity of the fuel requirement, its source and

transportation, storage, handling and

management along with the environmental

management to be adopted for this. Fuel analysis

to be provided (sulphur, ash content and heavy

metal including Pb, Cr, As and Hg).

Please refer Chapter-2 , Section – 2.6

Please refer Chapter 10, Section 10.3

for environmental management

Please refer Annexure-2.3 for coal

analysis report.

2.2

10.3

19 A confirmed fuel linkage along with the

supportive documents of long term supply of

coal for the project requirements should be

provided.

Company procures imported coal

from M/S Adani Enterprise Ltd. &

Other Coal Traders. For reference

Purchase Order Copy Attached as

Annexure -2.2.

2.2

20 Specific details of (i) Details of the utilities

required (ii) Quantity and characteristics of each

fuel along with analysis report and its source (iii)

Flue gas emission rate from each utility (iv) Air

Pollution Control Measures proposed to each of

the utility along with its adequacy.

Please refer Chapter-2 , Section 2-6,

2.8

Please refer Annexure-2.3 for coal

analysis report.

Please refer Chapter-4, Section 4.6.4,


2.6,

2.8

4.23

21 Technical details of ESP proposed to be installed

as air pollution control system along with its

adequacy, Details of its operational controls with

DCS, system for online monitoring of the

pollutants from the stack etc. Details of

provisions to be kept in ESP to ensure that in any

case the air emission does not cross the GPCB

norms including provision of standby field in the

ESP, preventive maintenance, failure/tripping

control system, guarantee from the ESP supplier,

alternative arrangements in case of the

failure/tripping of the ESP etc. ESP should be

designed to achieve GPCB norms at the outlet.

Please refer Chapter-2 , Section - 2.8


2.5

22 List of all the sources of fugitive emission.

Detailed plan for prevention and control of

fugitive emission/dusting at each and every stage

of fuel handling including unloading/loading at

port, transportation from port to plant, unloading

/loading/ stacking/ conveyance/ transfer at plant

etc. Detailed specifications and schematic

diagram of water sprinkling system including

number of sprinklers to be installed, pipe

diameter and nozzle diameter of the sprinklers,

quantity of water to be consumed by sprinklers

etc.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section 2.15

and Section 2.14

2.16 &

2.17





Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xx) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Sr.

No.



Page No.

23 Impact on local transportation infrastructure due

to the project such as transportation of fuel, ash

etc. Baseline status of existing traffic, projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the project

in the present road network, Impact on it due to

the project activities, carrying capacity of the

existing roads and whether it is capable of

handling the increased load. Arrangement for

improving the infrastructure like road etc. if any

should be covered. Whether any additional

infrastructure would need to be constructed and

the agency responsible for the same with time

frame.

Please refer Chapter-2, Sub-Section

2.4.2 for Infrastructure Facilities,

It may also be noted that no

additional land and no new road will

be constructed for proposed

expansion

Also refer Annexure 2.1 for Traffic

Survey.

Please refer Chapter -4 , Section 4.6,

Sub-section 4.6.1

2.1

4.10

24 Details and time bound program for installation

of online monitoring system in the existing as

well as proposed plants for monitoring of the

pollutants from the stacks and process vents with

software and an arrangement to reflect the online

monitored data on the company server, which

can be accessed by the GPCB on real time basis.


25 Provision of continuous Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Station within premises, with an

arrangement to reflect monitored data on the

company’s server, which can be accessed by the

GPCB on real time basis.

Continuous Emission Monitoring

System will be installed

--

26 Details of measures proposed for the noise

pollution abatement and its monitoring.


And Chapter-6, Section 6.2

2.18

6.1

27 Details of management of hazardous waste to be

generated from the project stating detail of

storage area for each type of waste, its handling,

its utilization and disposal etc. How the manual

handling of the hazardous wastes will be

minimized.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section-2.16

Also refer Chapter-2, Section -13,

Sub-Section-2.13.3 for fly ash

management

2.18

2.11

28 Detailed plan of ash evacuation, handling,

storage and utilization should be provided.

Undertaking stating that ash pond shall not be

constructed and it shall be stored in closed silos

only should be incorporated.

Also refer Chapter-2, Section -13,

Sub-Section-2.13.3 for fly ash

management

And Annexure -2.7

2.11

29 Details of seismic design aspects to be adhered to

in the project.

Please refer Chapter -3, Section 3.6 3.7

30 Technical details of conveyor belts and

mitigation measures to ensure that there will be

no dust emission from conveyor belts.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section-2.6 2.11

31 Details of proposed disposal of solid waste that

may generate due to spillage of materials

Please refer Annexure 7.1

Please refer Chapter-2, Section-2.16

--

2.18

32 Specific safety measures proposed at storage

yard/ warehouse and conveyor belts.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section-2.13,

Sub-Section 2.13.4

2.12

33 Details of firefighting system including provision

for flame detectors, temperature actuated heat

detectors with alarms, automatic sprinkler

system, location of fire water tanks and capacity,

separate power system for fire fighting. Details of

qualified and trained fire personnel & their job

specifications, nearest fire station and time






Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xxi) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Sr.

No.



Page No.

required to reach the proposed site. Submit line

diagram of the fire hydrant network.

34 Copy of membership certificate of Common

Environmental Infrastructure like TSDF, if any

taken, should be incorporated.

Already have membership of BEIL

35 Details of 100 % Fly Ash utilization plan as per

latest Fly Ash Utilisation. Notification of GOI

along with firm agreements/ MoU with

contracting parties including other usages etc.

shall be submitted. The plan shall also include

disposal method/ mechanism of bottom ash.

Please refer Chapter-2, Section-2.13.3

And Annexure 2.8

2.11

36 A detailed EMP including the protection and

mitigation measures for impact on human health

and environment as well as detailed monitoring

plan and environmental management shall

proposed for implementation and monitoring for

EMP. The EMP should also include the concept

of waste minimization, recycle/ reuse/ recover

techniques, energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation. Total capital cost and

recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment

pollution control measures

Please refer Chapter -4 , Section 4.6.1

to 4.6.10 for mitigation plan

Please refer Chapter -6, Section 6.2.

for detail monitoring plan


and 10.3. Environmental management

plan


for resource conservation.

4.10

6.1

10.2 &

10.3

2.26

37 Occupational health impacts on the workers and

mitigation measures proposed to avoid the

human health hazards along with the personal

protective equipment to be provided to the

workers. Provision of industrial hygienist and

monitoring of the occupational injury to workers

as well as impact on the workers. Plan for the

periodic medical check-up of the workers

exposed. Details of work zone ambient air

quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat Factories

Rules.


M/s. Grasim Industries is an ISO

9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and

OHSAS 18001:2007 certified

company.

As per the Gujarat Factoreis Rules all

the compliance has been done and

submitted to GPCB.

Please also refer Annexure -6.1

--

38 Risk assessment including prediction of the worst

–case scenario and maximum credible accident

scenario related to fire and explosion issues due

to storage and use of fuel should be carried out.

The worst case scenario should take into account

the maximum inventory of storage at site at any

point of time. The risk contours should be plotted

on the layout map clearly showing which of the

activities would be affected in case of an accident

taking place. Based on the same, proposed

safeguard measures including On-site/ Off-site

emergency plan should be provided. Measures to

guard against fire hazards including details of

automatic fire detection and control system &

detailed fire control plan showing hydrant pipe

network, provision of DG sets, fire pumps,

jockey pump, toxic gas detectors etc. should also

be provided.

Please refer Annexure-7.1 for Risk

Assesment

--

39 Provision of water supply, fuel (kerosene or

cooking gas), lighting, sanitation etc. to the

All the facilities already in place since

the proposed expansion will be

--





Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xxii) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Sr.

No.



Page No.

construction work force so as to avoid felling of

trees / mangroves and pollution of water and the

surroundings. Details of personal protective

equipments to be provided to construction

workers at the site.

carried out within the existing

premises. PPE will be provided as per

GFR

40 Submit checklist in the form of Do’s & Don’ts of

preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE,

Manufacturing utility staff for safety related

measures.

Please refer Annexure 4.1 --

41 Public hearing shall be carried out as per the

MoEF&CC’s OM dated 04/04/2016. A tabular

chart for the issues raised and addressed during

public hearing/consultation and commitment of

the project proponent on the same should be

provided. An action plan to address the issues

raised during public hearing and the necessary

allocation of funds for the same should be

provided.

-- --

42 Detailed five year greenbelt development

program including annual budget, types

&number of trees to be planted, area under green

belt development [with map], budgetary outlay;

along with commitment of the management to

carry out the tree plantation activities outside the

premises at appropriate places in the nearby areas

and elsewhere.

Chapter -2, Section 2-18

Chapter-4, Section

2.19

43 Proposal for socio-economic development

activities including community welfare program

most useful in the project area for the overall

improvement of the environment. Submit a

detailed plan for social corporate responsibilities,

with appropriate budgetary provisions for the

next five years and activities proposed to be

carried out; specific to the current demographic

status of the area.

Please refer , Chapter-3, Section 3-14

Please refer Chapter -2, Section 2-21

3.47

2.24

44 Plan for compliance of the EP Rules and CREP

guidelines for the proposed power plant.

Compliance of the CREP is given in

Annexure 10.2

--

45 Compliance status of the existing unit with

respect to various conditions given in the

Environmental Clearance and CC&A orders

obtained for the existing plants.

Please refer Annexure- 1.2 & 1.3 --

46 Records of any legal breach of Environmental

laws i.e. details of show- cause notices, closure

notices etc. served by the GPCB to the existing

unit in last three years and actions taken then

after for prevention of pollution.

Please refer Annexure -2.11 --

47 Copy of Environmental Clearance obtained for

the existing project and a certified report of the

status of compliance of the conditions stipulated

in the environmental clearance for the existing

operation of the project by the Regional Office of

the MoEF&CC.

Please refer Annexure -1.2 --

48 Details of fatal / non-fatal accidents, loss of life

or man hours, if any, occurred in the existing unit

No fatal accidents --





Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (xxiii) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Sr.

No.



Page No.

in last three years and measures proposed to be

taken for avoiding reoccurrence of such accidents

in future.

49 Any litigation pending against the project and /

or any direction/ order passed by any Court of

Law against the project, if so, details thereof.

No --

50 Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

report. Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating process/ procedures to

bring into focus any infringement/ deviation/

violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Please refer Annexure 10.1 --

51 What is the hierarchical system or administrative

order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the EC conditions. Details of

this system may be given


52 Does the company have a system of reporting of

non-compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and/ or shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism should be detailed in

the EIA Report.


53 Certificate of accreditation issued by the

NABET, QCI to the environmental consultant

should be incorporated in the EIA Report.

Please refer Annexure -12.1 and 12.2 --

54 An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the

ownership of the EIA report as per the

MoEF&CC OM dated 05/10/2011 and an

undertaking by the Consultant regarding the

prescribed TORs have been complied with and

the data submitted is factually correct as per the

MoEF&CC OM dated 04/08/2009.

Please refer Annexure 12.3 and 12.4

--

55 All documents to be properly referenced with

index and continuous page numbering.

Complied --

56 A tabular chart with index for point-wise

compliance of above.

Complied --




Introduction

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (1. 1) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Chapter 1. Introduction

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is located at Plot No.-1, GIDC Industrial Estate, P.O. - Vilayat, Taluka- Vagra,

District-Bharuch. It is an ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007 certified company.

Currently M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is engaged in manufacturing of Caustic Lye and Value added products

and also having captive power plant of 96 MW capacity. Based on their market scenario now, company has

increased production of Caustic Soda Lye, Chlorinated Paraffin Wax and other value added products, based

on environmental clearance granted to unit.

In order to meet the power requirements of the stated increased production capacity; an additional 45 MW

Captive Power Plant is proposing to installed.

1.1 Purpose of the Report

As per the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006 and its

amendment thereafter. The proposed product fall under project/activity no. 1(d) of EIA Notification 2006

and therefore Environmental Clearance is required to be obtained. The stated project activity falls under

“Category-B” of EIA Notification 2006, it was due to this fact an application in Form-1 was made to State

Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), Gujarat for obtaining the related Environmental

Clearance. The proposal was considered by State Level Impact Assessment Authority (SEAC) in its meeting

held on 16th August, 2017 and has issued the recommendations to SEIAA. SEIAA has issued Terms of

Refrences (TORs) for carrying out Environmental Impact Assessment study vide letter No. SEIAA/ GUJ/

TOR/ 1(d)/ 890/ 2017, 29-9-2017 copy attached as Annexure-1.1, All the aspects of the Terms of

References (TORs) are incorporated in the EIA/ EMP report.

1.2 Identification of Project and Project Proponent

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd., located at Plot No.-1, GIDC Industrial Estate, P.O. - Vilayat, Taluka- Vagra,

District-Bharuch has obtained Environmental Clearance from State Level Environment Impact Assessment

Authority (SEIAA), for the expansion of Chlor- Alkali, Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant and Other value

added products. To cater the power requirements for the manufacturing of stated expansion of products,

company proposes to install additional New 45 MW Captive Power Plant within the existing premises.

Details of production capacity are given in Table 1-1.

Table 1- 1: Details of products and production capacity

S.

No.

Name of Product Project

Activity as

per EIA

Notification,

2006

Production Capacity (MT/Annum)

Existing

as per EC

(a)

Proposed

(b)

Total

(a+b)

1. Captive Power Plant (CPP) 1(d) 96 MW 45 MW 141 MW

2. Caustic Soda Lye 4(d) 365,000 Nil 365,000

3. Chlorinated Paraffin Wax 5(f) 70,000 Nil 70,000

4. Poly Aluminum Chloride -- 250,000 Nil 250,000

5. Aluminum Chloride -- 25,000 Nil 25,000

6. Stable Bleaching Powder -- 61,000 Nil 61,000

7. Hydrogen -- 102,200,000 (Nm3) Nil 102,200,000 (Nm3)

8. Liquid Chlorine Sodium /

Hypochlorite / Hydrochloric

Acid

-- 328,500 Nil 328,500




Introduction


M/s. Aditya Birla Chemicals with its business spread across India, Thailand and China. Aditya Birla

Chemicals is a major business of the Aditya Birla Group, India’s first multinational corporation. The

chemicals business spans across nine units-four in India and five in Thailand. The Thailand units are

engaged in the manufacture of Chlor-Alkali, Epichlorohydrin, Epoxies, Peroxides, Phosphates and Sulphites.

In India, the business operates through four companies namely Aditya Birla NUVO, Grasim, Aditya Birla

Chemicals (India) formerly known as Bihar Caustic and Chemicals Ltd. and TANFAC. In Thailand, the

business operates through two companies Aditya Birla Chemicals Ltd. (Thailand) and Thai Peroxide

Company Ltd. four chemical companies namely M/s. Thai Organic Chemicals Company, M/s. Thai Epoxy

and Allied Products Company, M/s. Thai Polyphosphate & Chemicals Company and M/s. Thai Sulphites &

Chemicals were merged together to form Aditya Birla Chemicals Ltd. (Thailand) in 2006. M/s. Aditya Birla

Chemicals is a part of the M/s. Aditya Birla Group, India’s leading multinational company.

The group has developed strong environment management cell and possess in house capabilities to undertake

implementation of cleaner production technologies. Details of promoters are given in Table 1-2.

Table 1- 2: List of promoters of the company

S.No. Name Address

1 Shri Kumar Mangalam Birla

(Chairman)

Mangal Adityayan, 20 Carmichael Road, Mumbai-

400 026

2 Smt. Rajashree Birla Mangal Adityayan, 20 Carmichael Road, Mumbai-

400 026

3 Shri M. L. Apte 24-B, Woodland, Pedder Road, Mumbai –

400 026

4 Shri B. V. Bhargava Gulmohar Apartment Flat No. 1201, “A” Wing, Ceasar Road,

Amboli, Andheri (W), Mumbai- 400 058

5 Shri R.C.Bhargava 220, Sector 15- A, Noida (UP)- 201 301

6 Shri Cyril Shroff 67, Roopam, Worli Sea Face, Mumbai- 400 025

7 Dr. Thomas M. Connelly 201, Chandler LN, Cherrington, Wilmington, DE 19807.

8 Shri N.Mohan Raj Principal’s Quarters, Jeevan Vidya ZTC, LIC of India,

Prithvipakkam, Ambattur, Chennai–600 053 (TN)

9 Shri Shailendra K. Jain

(Director & Occupier)

Grasim Staff Colony, Birlagram, Nagda- 456331 (M.P)

10 Shri D.D.Rathi 82, Jolly Maker Apartments II, Cuffe Parade, Mumbai- 400 005

11 Shri K.K.Maheshwari

(Managing Director)

22, Chitrakoot Coop Hsg Society, 2nd Floor, Altamount Road,

Mumbai- 400 026

12 Shri Adesh Kumar Gupta

(Whole Time Director & CFO)

701 Tagore Avenue, Tagore Road, Santacruz (W) Mumbai-400

054

1.3 Breif Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project & Its Importance to the

country and Region

Breif Description of Nature, Size and Location of the Project is given in Table 1-3.

Table 1- 3: Environmental settings in the 10 km study area

S.No. Particulars Details

A. Nature and Size of the Project Increased in Capacity of CPP from 96 MW to 141 MW

by instaaltaion of New Additional 45 MW CPP.

B. Location Details

1. Area Plot No. -,1 GIDC Industrial Estate, Vilayat




Introduction


S.No. Particulars Details

2. Taluka Vagra

3. District Bharuch

4. State Gujarat

C. Geographical Co-Ordinates

1. Latitude /Longitude

(Corners of proposed expansion of 45 MW)

(1) 21°46'37.37"N, 72°54'11.23"E

(2) 21°46'36.94"N, 72°54'4.82"E

(3) 21°46'36.02"N, 72°54'2.05"E

(4) 21°46'38.75"N, 72°54'0.24"E

2. Corner Co-Ordinates of Entire Grasim Plant (A) 21°47' 9.40" N, 72°54'32.97"E

(B) 21°46'56.08"N, 72°54'49.56"E

(C) 21°46'25.42"N, 72°54'13.27"E

(D) 21°46'10.03"N, 72°53'31.22"E

(E) 21°46'50.57"N, 72°53'19.79"E

Location Map of the Plant Site is shown in Figure 1-1.

Google Image with geographical co-ordinates is shown in Figure 1-2.

D. Area Details

1. Plant Area Total land area of the company is 567 acres, out of

which Exisitng power plant area is 86.48 acres and

approx. 17.23 acres of land will be used for proposed

expansion. Total 33% plot area will be utilised for

green belt development.

2. Greenbelt Development/Plantation area Greenbelt Development

Existing plant (96 MW) Proposed plant (45 MW)

115500 m²

[350000 x 33/100]

23017.5 m²

[69750 x 33/100]

Total = 138517.5 m2

E. Environmental Setting Details (Approx. aerial distance from the plant site)

1. Nearest town/city Bharuch (12 km,SE )

2. Nearest highway State Highway -161 (200 m, E )

State Highway - 6 (7 km, SSW )

National Highway-228 (2 km, E)

3. Nearest railway station Bharuch (12 km,SE )

4. Nearest airport Vadodara (70 km, NNE)

5. Nearest major water bodies within 10 km radius Narmada River (9 km, SSW)

6. Nearest habitation Village-Sarnar (1.5 km, S)

7. Archeological important places None

8. Protect areas as per Wildlife Protection Act 1972

(Tiger reserve, Elephant reserve, Biospheres,

National Parks, Wild Life Sanctuaries, Community

Reserves and conservation reserves)

None

9. Reserved /protected forests None

10. List of industries within 10 km radius PCPIR region, Gujarat

11. Seismicity Zone-III

12. Pre-dominant wind direction SW and NE

Environmental Settings of the 10 km study area is shown in Figure 1-3

13. Critically Pollutued Area as per CEPI, CPCB None , within 10 km study area

F. Project Cost and Time of Completion

14. Total Cost of the project Rs. 250 Crores

15. Cost for Environment Mangement Plan Capital Cost – Rs. 3.51 crores

Recurring Cost –Rs. 2.98 crores

16. Time Schedule for project Completion Within the validity period of Environmental Clerance

granted (from SEIAA, Gujarat) and CTE obtained from

(Pollution Control Board, Gujarat).




Introduction


Figure 1- 1: The index map showing the project location




Introduction


Figure 1- 2: Google image showing corner co-ordinates of entire grasim plant

Area for proposed 45 MW CPP

Existing 96 MW CPP




Introduction


Figure 1- 3: Figure showing environmental settings in 10 km

TOPOSHEET MAP OF THE 5 KM STUDY AREA WITH WIND ROSE PLOT OVERLAID ON IT

LAND USE MAP OF THE 10 KM STUDY AREA WITH WIND ROSE PLOT OVERLAID ON IT




Introduction


1.3.1 Site Selection

No alternative site considered for the proposed expansion. Since the expansion will be carried out within the

existing premises the said area already has following facility.

Location within the established notified industrial estate.

Availability of common infrastructural facilities of the industrial estate.

Availability of good quality water supply in the industrial estate.

Availability of authorized solid waste disposal site in nearby area.

Availability of requisite skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour from local area.

Facilities such as power, water, communication etc. are easily available.

Photograph of the existing and proposed plant is shown in Figure 1- 4.

Figure 1- 4: Photographs showing existing and proposed plant

Silos

Closed

Conveyor

Belt

(c) Existing 5 Field Electrostatic Precipitator (d) Proposed Land Area for 45 MW CPP

(a) Existing Coal Handling Plant (b) Existing Covered Conveyor Belt/Silos

Secondary

Screen

Bag Filter




Introduction


1.3.2 Nearest Infrastructure Facility /Site Approach

The nearest infrastructure facility to the plant site is given in Table 1-4.


S.No. Description Distance (km) Direction

1. National Highway (NH- 228) 2 East

2. State Highway (SH- 6) 7 South-South-West

3. State Highway (SH- 161) 0.20 East

4. Bharuch Railway Station 12.0 South-East

5. Vadodara Airport 70 North-North-East

1.4 Project and Its Importance to Country, Region

The proposed project has a potential for employement of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees

during construction phase as well as operational phase. The plant will create direct employment for about 50

(operational phase) skilled as well as sem-skilled staff and indirectly large number of unskilled manpower

will be engaged for the project. People will also get employed by the contractors and patta contractors for

various project related activities.

The project will contribute additional revenue to the state and central exchequer in the form of royalty, cess

and other taxes etc.

Create oppurtunities for indirect employement on account of new trucks, company’s vehicles and hired

vehicles.

Create oppurtunities for indirect employement through stockiest and retailers in Gujarat and also in other

states.

The inhabitants near the project site are mainly agriculture oriented which is seasonal. Oppurtunities for

job in acitivities will serve as source of permanent livelihood. The plant activities will also provide

indirect employement to nearby villagers.

Social and Environmental Activities Proposed Under Corporate Social Responsibilty of Grasim.

(a) Education

(Bal Sanskar

Project)

Up gradation of Class rooms - Primary School/ Drinking Water Facility- School

Construction of Class room for Pre-Primary/ Primary/ Higher Secondary Schools

Up gradation of Aganwadi Center Pre- Primary School

Scholarship to Students for higher education (Merit & Need based assistance)

Knowledge program: Girls Enrolment awareness (Kanya Kelavani), Tour,

Creative Competition, School/ Public Library (Knowledge centre), Specialised

Coaching etc.

(b) Health Care: Heal

thiness in our hand

(Tandurasti

Aapana Hath Ma)

Malnutrition (Adopted Children Suffering from Malnutrition - Pre Primary

Children)

Adolescent health care-promoting the use of sanitary napkins/ Health training etc.

Health Camp/Vaccination drives (polio eradication, malaria, typhoid & hepatitis)

Senior Citizen Scheme: BPL, Widows, Handicap, Deaf & Dumb person

(c) Sustainable

Livelihood

(Aajeevika

Project)

Skill Training Centre : women & youths, Farmers Club, SHG for Self-

Employment

Cattle Breeding Centre (Setup A.I. at doorsteps ) With BAIF

Tree Plantation & Nursery Development – women SHG

Solar Energy/ Vermi Compost / Low smoke wood stoves etc.

Vadiproject (Increases Agri. Productivity through Innovating eco friendly

technologies)

(d) Infrastructure

Development

(Nirman Project)

Rural Sanitation - Low cost toilet (Concept for Rural Sanitation 100% House

Hold Toilet )

Participate in improved commuting facilities for school/college going Stud

RO plant for potable water in villages




Introduction


Up gradation of Women Washing Places

(e) Social

Development

(Utthan Project)

Help for Promoting Rural Sports & Games -Women

Blanket distribution

Celebrations on national & International day/Social & Cultural events

Contingency Provision

1.5 Environmental Statutory and Regulatory Framework

The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs/PCC together form the regulatory and administrative core of the sector.

Legislation for environmental protection in India is mainly EIA Notification-2006; Water (Prevention &

Control of Pollution) Act-1974; Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act-1981; Hazardous Wastes and

Other Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules 2016, as well as other related

Act/ Rules/ Notification made thereunder and as amended from time to time.

Environmental Clearance (EC) and its Compliance: The existing unit has obtained EC: F. No.-

SEIAA/GUJ/EC/1(d), 4(d) &5(f)/96/2011, 30th May 2011, amendment in EC: F.No.- SEIAA/ GUJ/ EC/1(d),

4(d) & 5(f)/98/2012, 22nd March 2012 and EC: F.No.- SEIAA/GUJ/EC/4(d) & 5(f)/642/2016, 29th Oct. 2016,

from SEIAA, Gujarat. M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. has submitted compliance of conditions stipulated in

Environmental Clearance and certified report for the status of said EC compliance by Regional Officer,

MoEF&CC, Bhopal is attached as Annexure-1.2.

Consolidated Consent & Authorization (CC&A) and its Compliance: The existing unit has valid CC&A

order no. AWH- 62511, dated 07/ 07/ 2014. M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. has submitted compliance of

conditions stipulated in CC&A conditions to GPCB/ Authority. Copy is attached as Annexure-1.3.

1.6 Objectives of EIA Study

The main objectives of the present EIA study are:

To have an in-depth know-how of the project and to indentify the probable sources of pollution that may

arise due to proposed manufacturing activity of M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd.

To assess existing environmental status of air quality, water quality, noise level, land/soil, ecological,

socio-economic components and risk hazards as per suggested /standard TOR.

To identify and quantify the significant impacts of the proposed project on the environment components.

To prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and suggest preventive and mitigative measures to

minimize adverse impacts and to maximize beneficial impacts.

1.7 Scope and Methodology

The Environment Impact Assessment study is carried out as per suggested TOR which includes

Identification, Assessment, Quantitative Evaluation and Prediction of possible impacts and its mitigation.

It may be noted that Grasim earlier proposed to increase the capacities of “Captive Power Plant”, Chlor-

Alkali and Synthetic Organic Chemicals for the period for which baseline data was collected, EIA report

prepared in year 2015-2016. Further due to some reasons Grasim Industries Ltd. postponed the expansion of

Captive Power Plant and obtained Environmental Clearance for the manufacture of Chlor-Alkali and

Synthetic Organic Chemicals only for which Environmental Clearence has been granted to Grasim by

SEIAA vide letter F.No.- SEIAA/GUJ/EC/4(d) & 5(f)/642/2016, 29th Oct. 2016.

Grasim is now proposed to install 45 MW Captive Power Plant, based on the above stated facts, and

MOEF&CC Office Memorandum J-11013/ 41/ 2006-IA-II (I) (part), 29-August, 2017 (copy attached as

Annexure-1.4) baseline data collected for the period October 2015 - December 2015 is used for the

preparation of EIA report. Additional studies i.e. Environmental Risk Assessment and Socio-Economic is

carried during November-2017.

Hperlinks/VSF%20TOR-Support.pdf




Project Description

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (2.1) (QCI/ NABET Accredited)

Chapter 2. Project Description

2.1 Type of Project

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is currently engaged in the manufacturing of Chlor-Alkali and associated

products, Chlorinated paraffin’s, and Captive Power generation (96 MW). Company proposed to install a new

additional 45 MW captive power plant to fulfill the power requirement of the manufacturing unit. Detail

production capacity is given in Chapter-1, Table 1-1 and Table 2-3. As per the EIA Notification 14th

September-2006 the stated product falls under the project/acitivty no. -1 (d).

2.2 Need for the Project

Company has obtained Environmental Clearance from State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA), for the expansion of Chlor- Alkali, Chlorinated Paraffin Wax Plant and Other value added products.

To cater the power requirements for the manufacturing of stated expansion of products, company propose to

install additional New 45 MW Captive Power Plant within the existing premises.

Other factors include:

Easy Availability of skilled and non-skilled workers

Availability of well developed infrastructure facility

Well connectivity of road, railways etc.

There should be positive impact on the socio-economic condition of the area in terms of direct and indirect

employment due to the proposed project during construction /operation phase.

2.3 Location of the Project

The proposed industrial activity to be located with in existing premises of M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. at Plot

No.-1, GIDC Industrial Estate, P.O. - Vilayat, Taluka- Vagra, District- Bharuch description of project location

and surrounding is also given in Chapter-1 and Chapter-3. Project site layout plan is shown in Figure 2-1.

2.4 Requirements of Land and Infrastructure for the Project

2.4.1 Land Area Requirement

The total land area of the company is 567 acres, out of which land area of existing captive power plant area is

86.48 acres and 17.23 acres of land will be utilized for proposed expansion of 45 MW captive power plant.

Break –up of land area is given in Table 2-1. Total 33 % of plot area will be utilized for the greenbelt

development

Table 2- 1: Break-up of land area

Note: Land area for other like Effluent Treatment Plant, Parking, and Sewage Treatment Plant is common.

2.4.2 Infrastructure Facilities

Additional infrastructure Facilities, Plant Machineries etc. required for the proposed Expanfion is given in

Table-2.2.

Description Area (m2)

Existing Proposed Total after expansion

Power Plant

(including utilities and storage of raw material)

350000 69750 419750




Project Description


Table 2- 2: Additional infrastructure facility for the proposed expansion

Plant Utility Plant &

Machinery

Additional

Infrastructure

Facility

Remarks

45 MW Captive

Power Plant

Cooling Tower, Air

cooled condensers, 2 x

150 m3/hr DM water

plant

Boiler, Turbine,

Silos, blowers,

ESP, Low NOx.

Burnner, Bag filter

Ash hanling and

coal handling

system

--

Well established, integrated facilities and utility systems are already in place. Full fledge controls and

operation systems are established for water networking, air net working, steam networking and fire

prevention. No additional road required to be constructed; existing road will be used for the transportation of

raw matrial and fly ash. Traffic survey has been carried out and level of Service (LOS) after proposed

expansion would be ‘A’ (Excellent). Details of traffic survey is attached as Annexure- 2.1

2.5 Size/Magnitude of Operation

Details of production Capcity is given in Table 2-3 and raw material consumption for the power generation is

given in Table 2-4.

Table 2- 3: Prduction details

Name of Product Project Activityas

per EIA Notification

-2006

Production Capacity

Existing (a) Proposed (b) Total (a+b)

Captive Power Plant 1(d) 96MW 45 MW 141MW

In case of power of power failure alternate power 30 MVA will be obtained from grid.

Table 2- 4: Details of raw materials

Name of Raw

Material

Consumption (MT/Month) Storage

Existing (a) Proposed (b) Total (a+b)

Imported/

Indegenous Coal

72000 21000 93000 Coal will be stored in existing

storage facility. Capcity of

storge of coalyard is 1 x 50000

Tons /day

Lime (for desulphurization

of coal)

1920 560 2480 Go down

LDO

(for cold start –up)

17(kl) 8(kl) 25(kl) HDPE drums

2.6 Fuel Requirement

Imported coal will be used as fuel. Coal will be procured from M/s. Adani Enterprise Ltd. & Other coal

traders. Copy of purchase order of coal (existing CPP) is attached Annexue -2.2.




Project Description


Table 2- 5: Details of fuel

Plant Fuel Consumption per day Calorific

Vlaue

(Kcal/kg)

Ash

Content

(%)

Sulphur

Content

(%)

Source Mode of

Transportation Existing

(96 MW)

Proposed

(45 MW)

Iported

Coal

2400 MT 700 MT 4500-5000 5-10 0.4-0.8 Adani

Enterprise

Ltd.

Transported

through trucks

from Dahej jetty

LDO 560 Lit 260 Lit. 10700 0.02 0.5 Local

Supplier

Transported

through trucks

Analysis of coal has been carried out and report attached as Annexure-2.3.

2.7 Steam Requirement/Generation and Utilisation

The steam requirement/generation and utilization for different section/plant is given in Table 2-6

Table 2- 6: Steam requirement/generation

Power plant Quantum of steam generated in

MT of steam per day

Quantum used for the power

plant Auxiliaries & Condenser

in MT of steam per day

Old / existing 96 MW 12360 3944

Proposed / new 45 MW 4032 4032

Steam utilization

Steam utilized for From Old / existing 96 MW power

plant in MT of steam per day

From Proposed/NEW 45 MW

power plant in MT of steam per day

VSF Plant 7146 0

High pressure (HP) steam 2380 0

Low pressure (LP) steam 4766 0

Chemical Division 1270 0

Chlor Alkali plant 797 0



CPW plant 2.5 0

High pressure (HP) steam 2.5 0


SBP Plant 4.5 0

High pressure (HP) steam 4.5 0


Epoxy Plant 226 0



Phosphoric Acid 240 0






Project Description


Figure 2- 1: Layout plan of the project site




Project Description


2.8 Details of Boiler /Stacks /APCM

Exisitng and proposed boiler is Circulating Fludized Bed Cumbuster Boiler (CFBC). A detail of

boiler/stack/APCM is given in Table 2-7. Proposed boiler and ESP specification is given in Table 2-13 and

Table 2-15.

Table 2- 7: Details of Boiler/Stack/APCM

* Continuous Emissions Monitoring System has been installed and same is connected to CPCB/GPCB server

Continuous Emission Monitoring System (CEMS) will be installed in the Stack for monitoring following

parameter:

SPM(Suspended Particulate Matter)

SOx (Sulfur Oxides)

NOx (Nitrogen Oxides)

Continuous Emission Monitoring Station data to be made online with data access to CPCB/GPCB server

prior to permission obtained for Consent to Operate.

In case SPM increases beyond permissible limits, at first, the standby field is to be taken in line. Even after

that, if unable to control SPM emission level, Boiler is to be turned down at minimum load, otherwise

Boiler to be stopped & ESP is to be attended. OR Emergency shut down of boiler operation

The ESP will have one additional/standby field, so that in case of any field trips, the standby field will be

taken in line. On further tripping of ESP field, emission has to be controlled by reducing the boiler load.

2.9 Water Requirement and Wastewater Generation Details

Water will be sourced from GIDC. Detail water consumption and wastewater generation and its characterstic

in given in Table 2-8 and Table 2-9.

Water balance diagram is shown in Figure 2-2. Letter from GIDC for the supply of additional water for

proposed expansion is attached as Annexure-2.4.

Sr.

No.

Stack / Vent

attached to

Type &

Quantity

of Fuel

Diameter

of the Stack

/ Vent

(m)

Height

of the Stack

/ Vent

(m)

Expected

Emission

Air Pollution

Control

Measures

(APCM)

(A). EXISTING

1. Boiler 1 & 2*

(2 x 175 TPH) Coal

[100

MT/hr]

2.5 125

PM < 50 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 600 mg/Nm3

NOx< 300 mg/Nm3

ESP and Low

NOx Burners

2. Boiler 3 & 4*

(2 x175 TPH) 2.5 125

PM < 100 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 600 mg/Nm3

NOx< 600 mg/Nm3

ESP and Low

NOx Burners

(B). PROPOSED

1 Boiler -5

(175 TPH)

Coal

[29.16

MT/hr]

2.5 125

PM < 30 mg/Nm3

SO2 < 100 mg/Nm3

NO2< 100 mg/Nm3

ESP and Low

NOx Burners




Project Description


Table 2- 8: Details of water consumption

Table 2- 9: Details of wastewater generation

Note: * washwater includes Air pressure preheater /Plant washdown water/floor washing and equipment drain/ grey

water washing/seepage of ash water/bottom ash handling system

Table 2- 10: Expected characteristics of wastewater

Parameter Wastewater Characteristics

Before Treatment After Treatment

H 7.5 7.5 – 8.5

BOD 15- 40 mg/l < 10 mg/l

COD 30- 80 mg/l < 50 mg/l

Oil & Grease 10- 20 mg/l < 5 mg/l

Colour Colourless Colourless

TSS 30- 60 mg/l < 5mg/l

TDS 600- 800 mg/l 40 - 200 mg/l

Temperature 30 – 35 ˚ C 30 - 35 ˚ C

Metals Nil Nil

Sr.

No.

Description Water Consumption Quantity (kl/day)

Existing

(96 MW)

PROPOSED

(45 MW)

Total

(141 MW)

a. Domestic 5.5 2.5 8

b. Industrial

D.M. Water

Boiler - makeup 6450 3100 9550

Cooling - makeup 4000 1875 5875

DM water regeneration 750 500 1250

Washing* 50 25 75

Sub-total (b) 11250 5500 16750

c. Greenbelt Treated domestic wastewater will be used for

gardening

TOTAL (a+b+c) 11255.5 5502.5 16758

Sr.

No.

Description Wastewater Generation Quantity (kl/day)

Existing

(96 MW)

PROPOSED

(45 MW)

Total

(141 MW)

a. Domestic 4.4 2 6.4

b. Industrial

D.M. Water Boiler - blow down 2500 1180 3680

Cooling - purge 1500 710 2210

DM water regeneration 750 500 1250

Washing * 50 25 75

Sub-total (b) 4800 2415 7215

TOTAL (a+b) 4804.4 2417 7221.4




Project Description


2.10 Wastewater (Effluent) Treatment and Disposal

2.10.1 Domestic Wastewater

Domestic effluent will be treated in exisitng Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and treated wastewater will be

used for gardening purposes within premises. Detail descritption of STP is attached as Annexure-2.5.

2.10.2 Industrial Effluent

Wastewater generation from power plant for proposed expansion is “Zero Discharge”. Existing plant have

collection pits each having 500 m3 capacity constructed in each of the sections. The wastewater generated is

collected in the collection pits and after physico-chemical treatment the water will be passed to RO system.

After passing through RO water will be reused for cooling make-up and RO reject water will be reused for

dust suppression for coal handling, sprinkling on fly ash and road washing purposes.

Schematic flow diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) and Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) is shown in

Figure 2-3 & 2-4 respectively. Adequacy certificate of existing EMS is attached as Annexure -2.6

Figure 2- 2: Total water balance diagram (Existing + Proposed)




Project Description


Figure 2- 3: Schematic flow digram of effluent treatment plant (ETP)

Size

Treated effluent pit: 31.1 m x 7.85 m x 4.3 m deep (one number)

Neutralisation pits: 26 m x 8 m x 4.2 m deep (two number)




Project Description


Figure 2- 4: Schematic flow diagram of sewage treatment plant (STP)

2.11 Power Requirement

Total power requirement for the proposed expansion would be 45 MW sourced from Captive Power Plant.

Break- up of power requirement is given in Table 2-11.

Table 2- 11: Break-up of power requirement

Power utilized for From Old / existing 96 MW

power plant in MT of steam per

day

From Proposed / new 45 MW

power plant in MT of steam

per day

VSF Plant

Spinning section 3.7 0

Viscose + Utility section 7.8 0

Auxillary section 7.0 0

Other sections 6.5 0

Sub-total (a) 25 0

Chemical Division

For Chlor Alkali plant 56.5 43.5 (3.5MW from Grid)

For CPW plant 0.25 0

For PAC plant 0.3 0

For Aluminum Chloride plant 0.1 0

For Stable Bleaching Powder plant 0.25 0

Phosphoric Acid plant 0.6 0

Sub-total (b) 58 40

For CPP itself (c) 13 5

Total (a + b + c) 96 45




Project Description


2.12 Manpower Requirement

Total man power requirement details is given in Table 2.-12

Table 2- 12: Man power requirement

Status Total workers (skilled/semi-skilled/unskilled) in all shifts

Existing Proposed Total

Shift -1 100 50 150

Shift -2

Shift -3

Shift-4 (G) 10 10

Total 110 50 160

Total employment generation after proposed expansion would be 160 Nos

2.13 Power Generation Process Description

2.13.1 Exiting 96 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP)

The power requirement for VSF plant is 25 MW and that of Chlor –Alkali plant is 52 MW (peak). High

Pressure and Low Pressure steam is also required in the process. Considering the in-house consumption of

14%, the required generation capacity is 88 MW.

The plant configuration is 3 x 32 MW Extraction cum Condensing Steam Turbo Generator (STG) with 4 x

175 TPH CFBC Boiler. Steam pressure and temperature has been selected as 110 ATA and 545º C.

Operation of power plant requires other auxiliary plants like

Fuel handling plant for crushing and screening of coal

DM plant for generating DM water

Ash handling plant for Evacuation

Silos capacity 2 x 350 MT

Cooling towers for circulating cooling water

Exhaustive control system are installed to control & regulate the plant operation including pollution

control equipments

Two RCC chimney of 125 m height provided

Steam is generated in the CFBC boilers by the use heat from coal. Chemical energy of coal is converted into

heat energy. Start up firing of boiler is done by Light Diesel Oil (LDO). High pressure steam from boiler is

taken to STEAM TURBINE. The turbine is rotated by action of steam where heat and kinetic energy of

steam is converted into mechanical energy. Process steam required at 17.5 kg/cm2 and 4.5 kg/cm2 is tapped

off from steam turbine and balance steam is taken to condenser where exhaust steam is cooled and circulated

back to boiler.

Process steam network will distribute the process steam to Viscose Staple Fiber plant and Chemical Division.

Ash generated in boiler is collected pneumatically in ash silo and sealed bulker loading system.

2.13.2 Proposed 45 MW Captive Power Plant (CPP)

The turbine will be a double extraction-cum-condensing turbine. The turbine system is based on modified

rankine cycle which could be summarized as expansion of steam in the turbine giving up heat energy, a high

proportion of which is converted into work energy on the turbine shaft. The turbine shaft turns an electrical

generator, which produces electric power.




Project Description


Since, it will be extraction turbine, some of the steam passing through the turbine cylinder will be bled from

two extraction belts located after moving blade stage and fed to high pressure feed water heater, de-aerator

and will be used for various processes.

Finally, the steam after doing work in various turbine stages and two extractions will be exhausted to the

condenser. In condenser, which is surface type heat exchanger, the steam is condensed by transferring its

latent heat of evaporation to the cooling tower. The steam having been condensed will be pumped by

condensate extraction pumps from condenser hot well to de-aerator via steam jet air ejector and gland steam

condenser to increase the temperature of feed water and remove dissolved gases such as O2, CO2 etc.

De-aerator is a direct contact heat exchanger, where make-up water is taken.

Boiler feed pump feed water from de-aerator to boiler drum via high pressure feed water heater. The

temperature of feed water after HP heater is 196˚C. The boiler feed pump increases the feed water pressure to

a level in excess of the boiler drum, to provide for pressure loss in the boiler and HP heater.

The power generated will be used for manufacturing process. Flow diagram of power generation is shown in

Figure 2-6.

2.13.3 Auxiliary Plants Required for Power Plant Operation

Operation of power plant requires other AUXILIARY PLANTS like

(a) One Boiler (175 TPH)

CFBC boiler will be provided. Details of boiler are given in Table 2-13.

(b) Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) Boiler Technology:

Steam requirement is fulfilled with the help of one Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC)

boiler, which is designed for dual fuel and imported coal will be used for boiler. Major advantage

of CFBC technology is as follows.

Fuel flexibility

Low SO2 emissions due to efficient sulfur capture with limestone in the furnace

Proper limestone feeding system to desulphurization of sulfur

Low NOx emission due to low combustion temperature

Stable operating conditions and good turn-down ratio

Electrostatic Precipitators (ESPs) for control of dust emissions

(c) Desulfurization System:

Lime stone is used for desulphurization in boilers in existing plant and same will be used for

proposed expansion (of 45 MW CPP) as imported coal contains sulphur.

Limestone is mixed with coal in conveyer.

Approx. 95 % sulphur remove from this process

(d) One Turbine.

Turbine will be a double extraction-cum-condensing turbine. The turbine system is based on

modified rankine cycle. Specification of turbine is given in Table 2-14

(e) DM Water Plant (capacity 150 m3/hr)

(f) Fly ash/ Bed ash- Silo (capacity 350 MT)

The Fly Ash & Bed Ash both are being/will be utilized by nearby Cement Industries, Fly Ash &

Bed ash will be loaded in bulk carriers through telescopic chute and in dumpers through ash

conditioner after conditioning of ash. Dumpers will be covered by tarpaulin sheet before

transporting to cement plant. Pulse Jet Vent Bag Filter will be installed at Fly ash & Bed ash silo

top to control dust emission. Water Sprinkling is also done to suppress and emission. Schemtic

Flow diagram of Silos for fly ash management is shown in Figure 2-5. No ash pond will be

construted. Undertaking with repect to the same is attached as Annexure 2-7.




Project Description


Figure 2- 5: Fly ash handling system

(g) One RCC chimney of 125 m height will be provided

(h) Electro Static Precipitator (ESP)

One ESP and one field ESP will be provided

(i) Cooling towers for circulating cooling water

(j) Coal handling plant

Proposed coal handling plant Capacity is 1 X 200 ton per hour

Fuel Type: Indonesian- 80% and South African-20%.

Reversible type Hammer Crasher.

Primary Screen: Circular Motion Type

Secondary screen: Flip-Flow Type

Dust Extraction System (Pulsejet Bag Filter Type) will be installed at Transfer Towers & Crusher

& Screen Building of coal plant.

Canopy for Belt Conveyor is proposed to mitigate dust emission during coal conveying.

Fire Rretardant grade Conveyer Belt width minimum 1000 mm.

2.13.4 Specific safety measures proposed at storage yard/ warehouse and conveyor belts.

Fire-hydrant system will be installed around coal storage yard /warehouse and along the conveyor belt

path

All floors of Crusher and Screen building Fire Hydrant system will be installed.

Pull chord switches for emergency stop of belt will be proved both side of belt, canopy on conveyor belt

and cross overs will be provided wherever required.




Project Description


Table 2- 13: Specification of proposed boiler

Particulars Specification

a) Boiler Make & Details Thermax Make - Internal Recycle Circulating

Fluidized Bed Boiler (IR-CFB), Natural Circulation,

Single Drum, Top Supported, Membrane Wall

Furnace, Balanced Draft, Semi - Outdoor Installation.

b) Boiler Rating [MCR] 175 TPH

c) Steam Pressure 109 Kg/cm2 (g)

d) Steam Temperature 540±5˚C

e) Feed Water Temperature at Economizer Inlet 198˚C

f) Flue Gas Temperature at APH outlet 140˚C

g) Startup Fuel for Coal LDO

h) Boiler Performance Testing Procedure ASME PTC 4 Indirect heat loss method

i) Fuel Firing Combination 100 % MCR- Indonesian Coal (PG fuel)

100 % MCR- Imported Coal

j) Heating Surface Area 7629 Sq.Mtr.

k) Lime Stone Consumption 5 ton / 100 Ton coal

Table 2- 14: Specification of turbine

Particulars Technical Specification

a) Turbine Make & Type Make BHEL, Non reheat, regenerative, condensing,

single, cylinder design

b) Mode of Operation Constant Pressure

c) Duty As Per IEC-45

d) Turbine Capacity 45 MW

e) Inlet Steam Pressure 105 Kg/cm2

f) Inlet Steam Temperature 535± 5˚C

g) Inlet Steam Flow 168 TPH

h) System make-up 3 max. %

i) Heat Rate 2280 kcal/kWhr

Table 2- 15: Proposed ESP specification

Descriptions Technical Specification

a) Fuel Indonesian Coal

b) Gas flow rate in Actual m3/hrs. 30600 ( Estimated)

c) Operating Temperature (˚C) 140

d) Dust Type Fly Ash

e) Casing Mechanical design Temp. (˚C) 205

f) Max. Inlet Dust loading gram/Nm3 38

g) Outlet Emission for ESP milli gram/NM3 , all

field working at wet basis

30

h) Outlet Emission for ESP milli gram/NM3, N-1

field working at Wet basis

50

i) Moisture in Gas (% v/v) 10.01

j) Collecting Area (m2) ( Tentative) 12759.3

k) Collection Efficiency (%) ( Tentative) 99.92




Project Description


Figure 2- 6: Flow diagram of power generation




Project Description


2.14 Details of Proposed Fire Fighting System

Fire Hydrant System for the following area is proposed

a) Extended STG Building

b) Screen & Crusher house, Boiler Bunker Floor

c) Coal stock yard, Conveyor, Junction Tower

d) Reclaim hopper

e) Cooling Tower & CW Pumps

The hydrant system will consist of a large network of pipe, which will be fed pressurized water, to a

number of hydrant valves and water monitors. The system will consist of a network of piping installed

underground/ above ground, hydrant valves (external/ internal) & hose cabinets.

The Fire alarm system will consist of a central fire alarm panel, addressable detectors, manual call points,

hooters /horns, a siren, wires FRLS type, suitable GI conduit, fittings and other accessories. Manual call

point and Hooters/Horns will be provided at strategic areas. Temperature actuated heat detectors with

alarms.

A microprocessor based stand-alone intelligent, addressable type fire alarm panel will be provided in the

control room. The panel will monitor the status of the fire detection & alarm system.

Automatic Sprinkler system as per this specification below:

Pipe Diameter: 40 mm

Nozzle diameter: 15 mm.

The sprinkler pipe network remains filled with water under pressure. When the temperature in the

vicinity of a sprinkler head reaches the rated temperature, the sprinkler bulb breaks and water is sprayed

from the sprinkler.

Diesel Engine driven Pump for separate power system for firefighting.

Required qualified & trained fireman will be deployed.

EIA report for Installation of New 45 MW Captive Power Plant



Project Description


2.15 Fugitive Emissions

Specific instances of fugitive dust generation include dust blow down by wind from the stockpiles of various

solid materials viz. coal and lime, dust caused by vehicular traffic within the factory, dust emissions from

conveyors, conveyor transfer points, silos, storage hoppers etc. The adequate control measures have been

proposed by the unit, which are summarized under;

Table 2- 16: Details of fugitive emissions

Source of fugitive

emissions

Type of

probable

fugitive

emissions

Proactive measures to

reduce the same

Details of

ventilation

system provided

in work area

Mitigation Measures

Loading and

unloading at port

PM Sprinkling of water --

Transportation

from port to plant

PM -- -- By Dumper and

Trucks with covered

Tarpaulin sheet.

Coal Handling PM Sprinkling of water Open Continuous

Sprinkling of water

Ash Handling PM Pneumatic conveyors /Bag

filters

-- Continuous

Sprinkling of water

Material

Unloading PM Spraying of water to

suppress the particle and

control the fugitive emission

which may generated during

unloading of matrial at plant.

-- Continuous

Sprinkling of water

Crusher House and

Transfer Point PM De-dusting system provided

which will take care of the

fugitive emissions that likely

to occur from crusher house

and all the transfer points of

the belt conveyor system.

-- De- dusting /

Continuous

Sprinkling of water

Material Bunkers PM Bag filters has been

provided at bunker to control

the fugitive dust emission.

-- Sprinkling of water

Storage Yard

(Existing)

PM Air born dust is generated in

minor quantity from the

material storage yard due to

wind, storage yard is

properly covered. Unit has

adopted water sprinkling

method in storage yard to

suppress dust generation.

The unit has also developed

plantation around the storage

yard for further control of

the fugitive emission.

-- Sprinkling of water

Vehicular traffic

within the factory PM

NOx

CO

SO2

Only PUC certified vehicle

is being be allowed to use.

Water is being sprayed to

suppress the particle and

control the fugitive

emission.

-- Continuous

Sprinkling of water

PUC certified

vehicle




Project Description


2.16 Solid / Hazardous Waste Genration Details

Details of solid/hazardous waste given in Table 2-17.

Table 2- 17: Solid/hazardous waste details

Sr.

No.

Name of

Waste

Sch/

Cat.

Quantity per Annum Mode of Storage & Disposal

Existing

(96 MW)

Proposed

(45 MW)

Total after

Expansion

1 ETP sludge 35.3 5MT 2.5 MT 7.5 MT Collected, stored, transported &

disposed at TSDF site of BEIL,

2 Spent Resin 35.2 0.33 MT 0.09 MT 0.42 MT Collected, stored, transported &

disposed at TSDF site of BEIL,

3 Used Oil 5.1 100 kL 28 kL 128 kL Collected, stored and sold to

authorize recycler.

4

Discarded

Containers/ 33.1 1680 Nos. -- 1680 Nos. Collected, stored and reused/ sold to

authorize recycler.

Bags/ Liners 25 MT 16.8 MT 41.8 MT

5 Fly Ash

/Bed Ash &

Boiler Slag

-- 86400 MT 25200 MT 111600 MT Fly ash/Bed ash sold to M/s. Anmol

& Co., J. K. Lakshmi Cement,

Ambuja

Other waste like E-Waste and Battery Waste that will be generated from plant operations will be managed as

per E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 and Batteries (Management and Handling) Amendment Rules.

Fly ash annual compliance report for the financial year ending 2016-2017 has been submitted by M/s. Grasim

Industries Ltd. for existing CPP; as per the fly ash Notification 1999 and its subsequent amendments. Copy of

the same is attached as Annexure-2.8.

2.17 Noise and Vibration

During various construction activities, noise will slightly increase due to the use of a variety of construction

equipments. However, the effect of such noise would be temporary and negligible. Nevertheless, protective

equipments will be given to the workers working in such conditions. The main sources of noise pollution

during operation phase are given in Table 2-18.

Table 2- 18: Source of Noise Generation and Mitigation Measures

S.No. Source (Operation phase) Mitigation measures

i. Noise from steam turbine generator (STG) STG housed in closed building

ii. Rotating equipments -crushers, grinding

equipment , compressors, fans, pumps

Specific acoustic housing /enclosures

iii. Tranformers, circuit breakers TOV provision of magneto-electric system,

plasma actuators, etc.

iv. Combustion-induced Specific control system, perforations on exhaust

pipes v. Flow iduced

vi. Steam safety releif valves

vii. Boiler soot blowing Use of low pressure centifugal compressor for

soot blowing, appreciating that cleaning cycle is

short, of the order of few minutes, and blowing

operation occasional depending on fuel quality,

and adopting boiler soot blowing good practices.

viii. Vibration from rotating equipments All machineries and its accessories will be well

designed and mounted/located with the flexible




Project Description


S.No. Source (Operation phase) Mitigation measures

support or foundation to avoid the vibration noise.

Adequate sound enclosures will be provided and

proper maintenance as well as lubrication will be

done to all the equipments and machineries

generating high noise. Care will be taken to ensure

that the noise level do not exceed 75 dB (A)

during the Day time and 70 dB (A) during the

Night time. However, personal protective

equipments (PPE) like earplugs/earmuffs will be

provided to all the workers working in such areas

where noise level will be high. In addition to this a

large green belt area will be developed around the

premises which will help to reduce noise levels.

2.18 Greenbelt Development

Company has been/will be developed 33% greenbelt of the plot area, area details given in Table 2-19. Five

year plan for greenbelt development plan, number of trees proposed to be planted and budget allocated for the

same is given in Table 2-20

Table 2- 19: Land area details for greenbelt development

Plants Land area of Existing plant Land area of

Proposed

new additional plants

Green belt area 33% of existing

and proposed land area

115500 m2

[350000 x 33/100]

23017.5 m2

[69750 x 33/100]

Total= 138517.5 m2

Table 2- 20: Five year budget allocated for greenbelt development

Sr.

No.

Budget

(Rs. in lakhs)

Year Area /Location No. of Additional Trees

1 5 2017- 18 Near coal storage yard 500

2 10 2018- 19 Near conveyor belts 1000

3 15 2019- 20 ADM Building /Inside road 1500

4 20 2020- 21 Corridor area 2000

5 20 2021- 22 Road side along boundary wall 3 rows 2000

Total 70 -- -- 7000

The trees and shrubs selected from the above mention list based on its availability shall be planted as

greenbelt of 10-20 m width around the plant boundary as per Table 2-21. The plantation will be in this

recommended pattern. Existing greenbelt is depicted in Figure-2.7.

Table 2- 21: IIIrd Tier plantation management

Tier Habit Height (m) Rows

Ist Tier (Towards boundary) Trees 10-20 3

IInd Tier ( Middle layer) Small tress 5-10 2

IIIrd Tier ( Towards Plant ) Shrubs 1-5 Thick pattern




Project Description


2.18.1 Selection of Plants for Greenbelts

The main limitation for plants to function as scavenger of pollutants are, plant’s interaction to air pollutants,

sensitivity to pollutants, climatic conditions and soil characteristics. While making choice of plants species for

cultivation in green belts, due consideration has to be given to the natural factor of bio- climate. Xerophytes

plants are not necessarily good for greenbelts; they with their sunken stomata can withstand pollution by

avoidance but are poor absorber of pollutants.

Character of plants mainly considered for affecting absorption of pollutant gases and removal of dust particle

are as follows:

For absorption of Gases:

Tolerance towards pollutants in question, at concentration, that is not too high to be instantaneously lethal

1. Longer duration of foliage

2. Freely exposed foliage

3. Adequate height of crown

4. Openness of foliage in canopy

5. Big leaves( long and broad laminar surface)

6. Large number of stomatal apertures

For Removal of Suspended Particular matter:

1. Height and spread of crown.

2. Leaves supported on firm petiole

3. Abundance of surface on bark and foliage

4. Roughness of bark

5. Abundance of auxiliary hairs

6. Hairs or scales on laminar surface

7. Protected Stomata

2.18.2 Recommended Plants for Green Belt Development

Greenbelts are an effective mode of control of air pollution, where green plants form a surface capable of

absorbing air pollutants and forming a sink of pollutants. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown, sorbs

pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce pollutant concentration in the ambient air. Often the

adsorbed pollutants are incorporated in the metabolic pathway and the air is purified. Plants grown to function

as pollution sink are collectively referred as greenbelts. An important aspect of a greenbelt is that the plants

are living organism with their varied tolerance limit towards the air pollutants. A green belt is effective as a

pollutant sink only within the tolerance limit of constituent plants. Planting few, known pollutant sensitive

species along with the tolerant species within a green belt however, do carry out an important function of

indicator species. Apart from function as pollution sink, greenbelt would provide other benefit like aesthetic

improvement of the area and providing suitable habitats for birds and animals.

Recommended plant species for green belt development: The following trees and shrubs are suggested by EB

expert for green belt development within the plant premises. The highlighted species are more suitable for

plantation in Bharuch district as well as considering the prevailing dust emission. Recommended plant species

for green belt development along the boundary of as a wind barrier as well as to prevent dust pollution is

given in Table 2-22 and list of suitable ornamental climbers/ shrubs as plantation inside the garden and open

spaces between different units of project site is given in Table 2-23

Table 2- 22: Recommended plant species for green belt development

Plant Species Local Name Habit Tolerance

Limit

Stomatal

Index

Mode of

Regeneration

Acacia auriculiformis Austrialanbaval Tree Tolerant 10.9 Seeds

Acacia leucophloea Hermobhaval Shrub T 12.01 Seeds

Ailanthus excelsa Moto Aurdso Tree T 13.01 Seeds, shoot,root cutting

Alstona scholaris Saptaparni Tree T 15.23 seeds

Azadirachta indica Limbado Tree T 29.2 Seeds

Bauninia recemosa Kanchner Tree T 25.68 Seeds

Bougainvillea spectabilis Bougainvel Shrub T 32.53 Cutting




Project Description


Plant Species Local Name Habit Tolerance

Limit

Stomatal

Index

Mode of

Regeneration

Cassia javanica L. var.

indochinensis

Pink Cassia Tree T - Seeds

Cordia sebastiana Scarlet Cordia

Orange Geiger

tree

Tree T - Seeds

Delonix regia Gaulmor Tree S 1438 Seeds/cuttings

Kegelia Africana Tabudiyo Small

Tree

T 12.90 Seeds

Lowsonia intermis menthi Shrub T 17.0 Seeds/cuttings

Mangifera indica Ambo Tree S 30.77 Seeds/budding/ grafting

Melia azadirachta Bakan limdo Tree T - Seeds/stem cutting

Nerium indicum Lalkaren Shrub T 15.7 Cutting

Peltophorum pterocarpum Sonmukhi Tree T 16.78 Seeds

Plumeria obtuse L Chambo Tree T - Cutting

Plumeria rubra L. Champo Tree T Cutting

Polyathia longifolia Asopalav Tree Sensitive 22.27 Seeds

Pongamia pinnata Karanji

Prosopis cineraria Khyigdo Tree T 18.1 Seeds/root suckers

Salvadora oleoides Decne Piludi Tree T - Seeds/ cuttings

Salvadora persica L. Piludi Tree T - Seeds

Spathodea campanulata Scarlet-bell tree Tree T 24.84

Senna siamea Lam. Kasida Tree T 21.2 Seeds

Terminalia catapppa Desi Badam Tree T 20.9 Seeds

Thespesia populnea L. Paras pipalo Tree T 29.81 Seeds/ cuttings

Thevetia peruviana Pili karan Shrub T 27.8 Seeds

T:Tolerant S-sensitive, (-)=Not available; Sources: CPCB (March, 2000) Guidelines for developing green belts PROBES/75/1999-

2000

Table 2- 23: List of suitable ornamental climbers/ shrubs as plantation inside the garden and open

spaces

Family Scientific name Common English name Flowering season

Bignoniaceae Bignonia ventusa Golden shower Jan-Feb

Bignonia capreolata Trumpet Flower March-April

Bignonia unguis –cati Cat’s claw April

Bignonia speciosa Handsome flower March April

Tecoma satans Yellow bell Throughout the year

Tecoma radicans Trumpet vine Throughout the year

Caesalpiniaceae Caesalpinia pulcherrima Peacock flower April-June

Rubiaceae Ixora coccinea Scarlet Ixora Throughout the year

Ixora rosea Pink Ixora Aug-Sept

Ixora parviflora Small Flowered Ixora March-April

Ixora barbata Brarded Ixora April-May

Ixora lutea Yellow Ixora Throughout the year

Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia pulcherrima Christmas Flower Dec-Jan

Apocynaceae Thevetia peruviana Trumpet Flower Throughout the year

Alemanda nerifolia - April-June

Nerium Indicum Oleander Throughout the year

Catharanthus roseus Periwinkle

Malvaceae Hibiscus mutabilis Changeable rose September-October

Hibiscus schizopetalus Coral Hibiscus April-September

Hibiscus rosa –sinensis Chinese Rose Throughout the year

Nyctaginaceae Bougainvillea spectabilis

and different varieties

Throughout the year

With seasonal bloom




Project Description


2.18.3 Guidelines for Plantation

The plant species identified for greenbelt development can be planted using pitting technique. Width of the

green belt in the available land area may prove difficult for many industries to attain for one or more reasons.

Hence it can be decided to have green belt in places available around the industry (source oriented

plantation) as well as around the nearby habituated area (receptors oriented plantation). The choice of plats

for green belt should include shrubs and trees. The intermixing of trees and shrubs should be such that the

foliage area density in vertical is almost uniform.

The pit size has to be either 45 cm x 45 cm x 45 cm or 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm. bigger pit size will be

considered at marginal and poor quality soil. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed with well

decomposed farm yard manure or sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry weight basis) and 3.6 kg (on

dry weight basis) for 45cm x 45 cm x 45 cm and 60 cm x 60 cm x 60 cm size pits respectively. The filling of

soil has to be completed at least 5-10 days before actual plantation. Healthy sapling of identified species

should be planted in each pit with the commencement of monsoon.

Provision for regular and liberal watering during the summer period during the commissioning stage of the

plant will be arranged from the local available resources. After the proposed plant became operational, the

authorities responsible for plantation will also make adequate measures for the protection of the saplings.

Figure 2- 7: Photographs of existing green belt

Existing plantation along road side dominated by Gaulmor

(Delonix regia ) Sonmukhi,( Peltophorum pterocarpum).





Sharu (Casuarina equisetifolia) at the outside of the boundary

wall near entry gate.

Sharu (Casuarina equisetifolia) Sonmukhi, (Peltophorum

pterocarpum) at the outside of the boundary wall near two

wheeler parking.

New planatation effort with hedges along the internal roads.




Project Description


2.19 Rain Water Harvesting

Roof top rainwater harvesting structure has been constructed in administrative building of chemical division

of Grasim; photoghraphs of the same is shown in Figure 2-8. Roof top rain water harvesting done in such a

manner that first water is excluded and subsequently roof top rain water can be harvested.

Figure 2- 8: Rainwater harvesting structure

T

The details of above stated rainwater is as under:

Bore well with mechanical means upto depth of 15 m and 300 mm bore diameter ground water recharge.

Pit with brick wall of thickness 350 mm to 230 mm to have clear pit size inside.

Inside 3m x3m includes PCC M10 below brick work of thickness 100 mm packing with stone gravels of

size 12 – 20 mm 60% and 40 mm 40 % around perfotaed pipe inside pit up to top.

Backfilling with soil outside pit availablel earth.

2.20 Occupational Health and Safety

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is an ISO 14001: 2004 (Environment Management System) and BS OHSAS

18001: 2007 (Occupational Health and Safety System) certified, As per GFR regular workplace monitoring

carried out and record maintained in Form No. -37, and same will be continue after proposed expansion,

Company has an agreement with M/s. Sunshine hospital for regular medical check-up of employees.

The workers exposed to fugitive emissions will be provided with protective equipments like dust mask to

prevent respiratory disorders, the workers exposed to higher noise level has been/ will be provided with ear

muffs/ear plugs. Proper handling of the material and the maintenance and Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

will be followed to ensure safety within the plant area.

Unit has well developed onsite-offsite emergency plan with respect to existing plant; same will be upgraded

as per the suggestion made in Risk Assessment Study. To refresh the academic and skill improvement as per

management requirement, induction training and external training has been/ will be provided to fresher’s with

respect to “Industrial Safety & Health Training”,

A regular monitoring of the occupational Health and Safety will reduce the chances of accidents hence all the

records of job related accidents and illness will be maintained as per the requirement of factory act. This

information will be reviewed and evaluated to improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety

programme.




Project Description


2.21 Socio Economic Development / Welfare Activities

The proposed expansion project will increase direct/indirect employment opportunity for surrounding area

local residents. Industry is also committed to make contribution to other social/cultural activities to be

conducted in the area. Industry has already been participated in various developmental activities including

community welfare programme for overall improvement of the socio-economic environment in the project

area through its effective Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) programme (details are given in Annexure-

Annexure-2.9).

The same will be continued, the proposed financial and social benefits with special emphasis on the benefit to

the local people under CSR programme are summarized in Table 2-24.

Table 2- 24: Details of budget allocated towards CSR activities based on field visit

CSR - Grasim - Vilayat Site

Plan for Capital Works & Recurring Activity for Five Years:

Sr.

No.

Major social

activities need to be

focus

1st Year 2nd Year 3rd Year 4th Year 5th Year

1 Development of

system for irrigation

in surrounding

villages farm.

600000 600000 800000 800000 800000

2 Providing Facility of

Industrial training

through Skill India or

any other

Govt.initiatives.

600000 600000 800000 800000 800000

3 Education of

economical weaker

children, scholarships

to meritorious

students &

distribution of

education material to

the needy children

700000 800000 900000 1000000 1100000

4 Establishment of

SHG group in

villages

700000 800000 900000 1000000 1100000

5 To organize medical

camp for the villages

people at some

regular time

extension.

700000 800000 900000 1000000 1100000

6 Strengthening Public

amenities drinking

water,

Sanitation/greenbelt

development.

700000 800000 800000 1000000 1100000

TOTAL* 4000000 4400000 5100000 5600000 6000000

*Hike in material cost over the five years and demand could be more for the desired infrastructure for each year.




Project Description


2.22 Cleaner Production

Cleaner production activities that will be adopted in the proposed unit are shown in Table 2-25.

Table 2- 25: Cleaner production activities

Details In captive power plant (CPP ) Remarks

With respect to

wastewater generated

• Domestic wastewater will be

treated in STP and treated

wastewater will be used for

gardening purposes.

• Approx. 61 % (5870 KL/day) of

steam condensate will be recycled

back for boiler make-up

• 7215 KL/Day wastewater will be

treated in ETP followed by RO

treatment.

• 80% (5772 KL/Day) RO permeate

will be recycle for cooling-make

up and 20 % (1443 KL/Day) of

RO reject will be reused for Dust

suppression in coal handling area/

sprinkling on fly ash and road

cleaning.

ZERO discharge

With respect to Fly Ash

/Bed Ash & Boiler Slag

generated

• Fly ash/Bed ash sold to M/s.

Anmol & Co., J. K. Lakshmi

Cement, Ambuja

It will be collected, stored in

proper manner before sold.

With respect to solid

waste generated

• Solid waste (wet waste) generated

from canteen will be composted in

organic waste composter and same

will be used for soil conditioner

within factory premises.

Company has already installed

organic waste convertor. Please

see Figure 2-9

With respect to noise

generated from sources

scuh as turbine

generators, coal crusing

unit, transportation

vehicle, boilers

coalpulverizers, engines,

fans, ductwork, pumps,

compressors, pumps

blowers, condensers,

precipitators, motors,

transformers; and

cooling towers etc

• Noise control techniques such as:

using acoustic machine enclosures;

selecting structures according to

their noise isolation effect to

envelop the building; using

mufflers or silencers in intake and

exhaust channels will be used.

• Sound absorptive materials in walls

and ceilings will be used.

• Vibration isolators and flexible

connections (e.g., helical steel

springs and rubber elements);

applying a carefully detailed design

to prevent possible noise leakage

through openings or to minimize

pressure variations in piping will

be used.

• Modification of the plant

configuration or use of noise

barriers such as berms and

vegetation to limit ambient noise at

plant property lines, especially

where sensitive noise receptors

may be present.

Noise control / mitigatory

measures will be taken




Project Description


2.23 Resource Conservation

Details of resource conservation are given in Table 2-26.

Table 2- 26: Resource Conservation

Particulars Resource conservation

Energy Company has installed total 40 no. of Solar Operated LED lights in front of ADMIN

Building garden.

- Power generation capacity of each light is 10W

- Total power produced for Solar lights is 400W x 12 hrs.= 5 kWh/day

Water Approx. 70 % reduction in fresh water consumption by various recycle and reuse of

treated wastewater

Soil Generated food waste will be composted in composter and used as soil manure within the

factory premises. This will improve the soil quality.

Figure 2- 9: Organic Waste Convertor

(a) Front View

(b) Side View




Description of the Environment


Chapter 3. Description of the Environment

3.1 Introduction

To assess environmental impacts from proposed project at a specific location it is essential to monitor the

environment quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the proposed project. The

environment status within the study area could be used for identification of significant environmental issues to

be addressed in the impact assessment only. The impact from an existing industrial project on its surrounding

environment are mainly regulated by the nature of the pollutants, their quantities discharged to the environment,

existing environmental quality, assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and topography/ terrain of

the project site (its location) as well as surrounding area. In order to identify and establish the extent of likely

impacts, it is essential to gather information on existing environmental quality with respect to various

components of the environment.

3.2 Pollution Control Statutory Requirement

Air Quality Standards: NAAQ (National Ambient Air Quality) Standards are presented in Annexure- 3.1.

Water Quality Standards: Standards prescribed by IS: 10500 for drinking water are presented in

Annexure- 3.2.

Noise Quality Standards: National Ambient Noise Quality Standards are presented in Annexure-3.3 and

damage risk criteria for hearing loss - OSHA is attached as Annexure- 3.4.

3.3 Scope of Baseline Data Collection

It may be noted that Grasim earlier proposed to increase the capacities of “Captive Power Plant”, Chlor-Alkali

and Synthetic Organic Chemicals for the period for which baseline data was collected, EIA report prepared in

year 2015-2016. Further due to some reasons Grasim Industries Ltd. postponed the expansion of Captive Power

Plant and obtained Environmental Clearance for the manufacture of Chlor-Alkali and Synthetic Organic

Chemicals only for which Environmental Clearence has been granted to Grasim by SEIAA vide letter F.No.-

SEIAA/GUJ/EC/4(d) & 5(f)/642/2016, 29th Oct. 2016.

Grasim is now proposed to install 45 MW Captive Power Plant, based on the above stated facts, and MOEF&CC

Office Memorandum J-11013/ 41/ 2006-IA-II (I) (part), 29-Auguast, 2017 (copy attached as Annexure-1.4)

baseline data collected for the period October 2015 - December 2015 is used for the preparation of EIA report

for Air, water, soil, noise and meteorology. However, the landuse, socioeconomy study was carried out for the

November - December 2017 respectively. Regular monitoring of ambient air carried out by GPCB approved

auditor in villages like Sarnar, Argama, Derol, and Vilayat as well as online weather monitor has been installed

by M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd.; test report of the same is attached as Annexure- 3.9. Detail scope of the study

that was collected is given in Table 3-2.

Table 3- 1: Methodology adopted for collection of baseline data

Step- 1 - Demarcation of study area for baseline environmental monitoring (BEM)

Step- 2 - Selection of Environmental attributes and parameters

- Meteorological, Air, Water, Noise, Soil Environment

Step- 3 - Defining the study period

Step- 4 - Selection of monitoring locations for sampling for each parameters based on TGM and MoEF

guidelines

Step- 5 - Monitoring network design for measurements or samplings to be done during the study period

- Frequency and duration of monitoring

- Methods to be adopted for monitoring/ sampling and analysis

- Background information about monitoring locations

- Equipment and infrastructure set-up (M/s. Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. Consultants)

- Monitoring team formulation and responsibilities (M/s. Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd.

Consultants, a NABL approved laboratory)






3.4 Map of the Study Area

To carry out survey for M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. eight locations including one location within the project site

were selected. Study area map depicted in Figure 3-1.

Figure 3- 1: Map of the study area (10 km)

Table 3- 2: Scope of the study area

S.No. Environmental Attributes Description

1 Landuse 10 km buffer area from the project site as per the EIA requirements

2 Geology & Soils Once during study period

3 Geo-Hydrology Once during study period

3 Site specific Hourly

Meteorological data

For the following parameters :

Temperature (in ˚C)

Relative humidity

Wind speed (kmph)

Wind direction (deg)

Rainfall (mm)

(Latitude: 21°46’43.21”N, Longitude: 72°53’54.5”E)

Vorasamni

Argama

Vilayat

Sarnar

Derol

LEGENDS:

AAQMSurface water

Ground waterSoil

Google Earth Imagery Date: 22/03/2015

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd.Bhukhi River

Village Boundary






S.No. Environmental Attributes Description

3 Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring

For the following parameters :

PM10

PM2.5

NOx

SO2

Monitoring Duration : Twice in a week

Monitoring Station : Total 6 locations within study area of 5 km

including Project site 4 Ground Water sampling For ground water samples: Max. 6 sampling locations as mentioned

above – once during the period from October 2015 to December 2015

Parameters: pH, EC, TDS,TSS, Nitrates, Total Phosphates, COD, BOD,

Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3), Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Calcium

Hardness (as CaCO3), Magnesium Hardness (as Mg), Carbonates (as

CaCO3), Bicarbonates (as CaCO3), Cl-2, SO4-2, Mn, Fluoride, Sodium,

Potassium, Ni, As, Hexavalent Chromium, Copper, Lead, Iron,

Cadmium, Zinc, Total Coliforms, Ammonical-Nitrogen, Phenolic

compounds 5 Surface Water sampling For surface water samples: Max. 6 sampling locations as mentioned

above – once during the period from October 2015 to December 2015

Parameters: pH, EC, TDS,TSS, Nitrates, Total Phosphates, COD, BOD,

Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3),Total Hardness (as CaCO3), Calcium

Hardness (as CaCO3), Magnesium Hardness (as Mg), Carbonates (as

CaCO3), Bicarbonates as CaCO3, Cl-2, SO4-2, Mn, Fl, Sodium,

Potassium, Ni, As, Hexavalent Chromium, Copper, Lead, Iron,

Cadmium, Zinc, Total Coliforms, Ammonical-Nitrogen, Phenolic

compounds 6 Soil sampling For soil samples: Total 6 locations within study area of 5 km including

Project site

Chemical analysis parameters: pH, Electrical conductivity, Water

holding capacity, Cation Exchange Capacity, SAR, Nitrogen,

Phosphorus, Sodium, Calcium, Magnesium, Potassium 7 Leq Noise level

measurement readings

Daytime 5 readings and nighttime 3 readings at max.6 sampling

locations as mentioned above - once during the period 8 Ecology & Biodiversity Once during December-2015 for study of terrestrial and aquatic life. 9 Socioeconomic Study Once during November 2017 10 Risk and Hazard Analysis Physical verification of site once during study period

3.5 Landuse

Remote sensing data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use and land cover mapping.

Remote sensing provides land resource data in the form of different bands of the electromagnetic spectrum.

Availability of such a data in different bands makes it very useful for delineation of land use/land cover classes

distinctly. Land use/land cover mapping both by visual interpretation and digital automated analysis is possible

by satellite remote sensing techniques.

The land use / land cover categories can be expanded or reduced to any degree and be made more responsive to

the information the user needs. In order to secure uniformity for the whole country a master land use/land cover

classification system developed by agencies like NRSC must be adopted for consideration. The classification

system facilitates the planners and researchers to study the spatial difference and distinction between various

lands types, from multi temporal satellite data.






3.5.1 Data Sets

Geocoded False Colour Composite scene of IRS-IC LISS III / LISS IV images along with Survey of India (SOI)

Toposheets has been used. There are many other freely available datasets which has also been considered for the

same purposes like Landsat TM maps available at USGS and Images from Google earth of particular year.

The datasets used in project are categorized into primary and ancillary types. This is principally in recognition

of the types of land use information each provides. Primary datasets (Satellite Image) are fundamental and

essential components in the landuse mapping process and contain information mainly regarding landuse such as

agriculture Cultivated or uncultivated lands. Ancillary datasets contain useful information on smaller scale land

use such as reserved forests, protected areas, urban and other types.

3.5.2 Study Area

This is generally a 10 km buffer area from the project site as per the EIA requirements.

3.5.3 Methodology

The work is done by visual image interpretation. The following steps are involved in the classification procedure.

3.5.4 Generic Framework of Landuse Mapping:

The general procedure for land use mapping is summarized in Figure- 3.2 under five main parts: data

collection, interpretation, verification, validation and final outputs.

Figure 3- 2: Generic framework of landuse mapping

Details for the five main parts of land use mapping are described in the following steps.

a. Data Acquisition,

b. Data Enhancement: Pre-processing and Geo-rectification.

c. Training area definition, signature generation and classification for Draft Landuse Map

d. Ground data collection, Verification and validation.

e. Annotation, demarcation of administrative boundaries and other features.

f. Generation of statistics from the classified outputs and Final report.






3.5.5 Study area

Village map and satellite image showing the study area details is depicted in Figure 3-3 and Figure 3-4

respectively.

Figure 3- 3: Village map of the study area

Figure 3- 4: Satellite image of the study area






3.5.6 Geography and climate

Bharuch is located at 21.7°N 72.97°E. It has an average elevation of 15 metres (49 feet). Bharuch is a port

city situated on the banks of the Narmada River. The damming of the Narmada caused the original port

facilities to close; the nearest port is now in Dahej. The Bharuch district is surrounded by Vadodara (North),

Narmada (East) and Surat (South) districts. To the west is the Gulf of Khambhat.

Bharuch has a tropical savanna climate (under Köppen's Climate classification), moderated strongly by the

Arabian Sea. The summer begins in early March and lasts until June. April and May are the hottest months,

the average maximum temperature being 40 °C (104 °F). Monsoon begins in late June and the city receives

about 800 millimetres (31 in) of rain by the end of September, with the average maximum

being 32°C (90 °F) during those months. October and November see the retreat of the monsoon and a return

of high temperatures until late November. Winter starts in December and ends in late February, with average

temperatures of around 23°C (73 °F).

Very often heavy monsoon rain brings floods in the Narmada basin area. The city had witnessed major floods

in the past, but now the floods have been controlled after the damming of the Narmada.

3.5.7 About the study area

Bharuch is located in the southern part of Gujarat, near the Gulf of Khambhat. The district has 8 talukas, of

which the major ones are Bharuch (District headquarter), Ankleshwar, Valia, Jhagadia and Jambusar.

Bharuch district covering an area of 9045 sq km has a population of 3069610. It is bounded in the north by

Vadodara district, in south by surat district, in east by Maharashtra state and in the west by the Arabian sea.

Bharuch is a formidable industrial base in sectors as diversified as chemicals & petrochemicals, textiles,

drugs & pharmaceuticals and ports & ship building. Excellent port connectivity with the presence of Dahej

port makes it an investment destination in port & ship building activities.

Over 11,500 units of small and medium enterprises, involved in different sectors, such as chemicals and

petrochemicals, textiles etc. are present in the district with over 70 medium and large scale industries,

Ankleshwar is the major industrial center in Bharuch witnessing a large number of business activities. Major

horticulture crops being produced in the district are banana, mango, cucurbits, papaya and brinjal. In 2006-

07, Bharuch had the highest production of Banana accounting for 8, 18,940 metric tonnes (MT), followed

by cucurbits with a production of 22,720 MT.

Emergence of PCPIR region, Dahej SEZ and passing of DMIC are expected to further fuel the industrial and

economic growth of the district.

Centrally located within the industrial belt, Dahej is an ideal location in Asia to serve north, west and central

India and international destinations such as, Middle East, Africa, Europe and North America. The

study area is around 30 kms on East from the Dahej Industrial area.

3.5.8 Landuse description

The area surrounding the company premises and notified industrial estate is largely an agriculture and fallow

land area covering around 80% of the total study area. Wasteland occupies nearly 4% while road and railway

network occupies around 5% of the total study area. Builtup area in total occupies around 4.5 % out of which

nearly 2.5 % comes under industrial zone. Rivers, water body and canal network occupies the remaining portion

of the total study area. National Highway 8 passes through the district, connecting it with Ahmedabad (182 km)

and Mumbai (362 km), along with the DMIC. Almost all the talukas of Bharuch are well connected with the rail

network. Landuse map of the study area is depicted in Figure-3.5. The details of land area are given in Chapter-

2, Table-2.1. Since the project expansion will be carried out within the existing premises the said area already

has following facility location within the established notified industrial estate.

Infrastructural facilities since the unit located within industrial estate.

GIDC water supply in the industrial estate.

Authorized solid/hazardous waste disposal site, BEIL, Bharuch.

Available skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labour from local area.

Power, hospital, communication etc. available.

http://tools.wmflabs.org/geohack/geohack.php?pagename=Bharuch&params=21.7_N_72.97_E_






The company already has an agreement for water supply with GIDC, therefore no bore well shall be required to

be constructed and there is no discharge of waste water from the proposed addition of 45 MW CPP this will

eliminate the risk of groundwater pollution and changes in the subsurface as well as surface agriculture and other

related impacts.

Figure 3- 5: Landuse of the study area

3.6 Geology and Soils

3.6.1 Physiography

The district can be divided into three geomorphic units. (a) Hilly area in the east, (b) Alluvial plain and (c)

Coastal zone. The major perennial rivers of the district are the Narmada and the Kim. Debauching into the

Arabian Sea. The northerly flowing Karjan, Anravati and Kaven rivers and southwesterly flowing Bhuki and

Bhadra rivers merge with the Narmada River. The area is well connected by roads and rails.

3.6.2 Geology

Bharuch district covering an area of 9045 sq km has a population of 3069610. It is bounded in the north by

Vadodara district, in south by Surat district, in east by Maharashtra state and in the west by the Arabian Sea.

The area comprises mainly of Deccan basalts overlying the infratrappen Bagh formation. The fault-controlled

inliers of the Bagh formation comprise a sequence of thickly-bedded and cross-bedded sandstone, limestone

and shale. The deccan volcanics, overlying the Bagh sediments are mainly basaltic in composition with

localized occurrences of rhyolite and alkali basalt. The basalts are intruded by swarms of dolerite, basalt and

gabbro dykes along ENE-WSW to E-W direction. Small plug-like bodies of basalt and dacite are also present.

The Deccan Volcanics are non-conformably overlain by the Tertiary rocks represented by Vagadkholi,

Nummulite, Tarkeshwar, Baba Guru, Kand and Jhagadia formations in the ascending order of superposition.

These formations comprise clay, sandstone, limestone, marl, siltstone and conglomerate. Geology map of the

study area is depicted in Figure 3-6.






Figure 3- 6: Geology map of the study area

The study area falls under the quaternary sediments have been differentiated on the basis of their environment

of deposition. They comprise older tidal flat and tidal marsh deposits of Rann clay formation and younger tidal

flat deposits (Spit/Bar and Shoal) of the Mahuva Formation, representing marine environment of deposition,

flood plains deposits of Katpur formation representing fluvial environment of deposition and coastal dune

and sand dune deposits of Akhaj formation, representing Aeolian environment of deposition.

The Bouger Gravity Anomaly varies between -30 to 0 m Gal. the area of the district lies in the moderate risk

zone (Zone-III) of seismicity. Earthquake epicenters near Bharuch have been recorded.

3.6.3 Soils

The soil of the area is mostly Very fine to fine, Montmorillonitic, hyperthermic Typic Chromusterts which is at

few places calcareous in nature mixed with Udic Chromusterts and Vertic Ustochrepts. This are deep to very

deep, moderately well drained fine soils on very gently sloping alluvial plain with moderate erosion and slight

to moderate salinity associated with very deep moderately well drained calcareous, very fine to fine soils with

moderate erosion.

In the southernmost part of the study area near to the river, Fine, mixed (calcareous), hyperthermic Fluventic

Ustochrepts with fine-loamy Udic Ustochrepts are present. This are deep, well drained, calcareous, fine soils on

very gently sloping alluvial plain with slight erosion and slight salinity, associated with very deep, imperfectly

drained, calcareous, fine-loamy soils with slight erosion. Soil map of the study area is depicted in Figure-3.7.

Sampling and chemical characteristics of soil are presented in Table-3.17(a) and Table-3.17(b).

3.6.4 Mineral Resources

52% of the State’s lignite is found in Bharuch. 92% of silica sand is being produced in the district. Besides

lignite, the district is also known for its reserves of Fuller’s Earth, Agate, Limestone and Calcite. Agate is






recovered from the agate-bearing conglomerate horizon near Dholkuva. Occurrences of bentonite have been

reported from Vasna, Bhilvada, Valia and Vagadkhol. Fluorite occurrences are known from Hingoria sub-surface

lignite occurs at shallow to moderate depths in the Tarkeshwar formation near Rajpardi, Vagadkhol, Vasna,

Deheli, Dharoli and Valia oil and Natural gas in found near Ankleshwar. Bharuch is the exclusive producer of

silica sand and presence of a large number of lignite has made the district a thriving industrial base for several

industries.

Figure 3- 7: Soil map of the study area

3.6.5 Digital Elevation Model

Digital Elevation Models (DEM) is data files that contain the elevation of the terrain over a specified area,

usually at a fixed grid interval over the "Bare Earth". The intervals between each grid points will always be

referenced to some geographical coordinate system. This is usually either latitude-longitude or UTM (Universal

Transverse Mercator) coordinate systems. The detail s of the peaks and valleys in the terrain will be better

modeled with small grid spacing. Elevations other than at the specific grid point locations are not contained in

the file. As a result peak points and valley points not coinciding with the grid will not be recorded in the file. For

practical purpose this "Bare Earth" DEM is generally synonymous with a Digital Terrain Model (DTM). DEM

has been prepared for the proposed expansion project activity of M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. for 10 km study

area.

(A) Data Used - DEM Data: Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission (SRTM) data and GPS data.

(B) Methodology - Shuttle Radar Topographic Mission (SRTM) data has been used for generation of Digital

Elevation Model of the study area with the vertical accuracy of 16 m and the spatial resolution of 90 m.

1. Importing data into continuous elevation surfaces.

2. Updating the data with the GPS reading from the field survey.

3. Generation of Aspect and Slope maps from the DEM.

4. Re-classification of the ranges to better suit the requirement and understanding.

5. Slope and Aspect maps are prepared for better understanding of geomorphology






Altitude map, Slope map and Aspect map of the study area is depicted in Figure-3.8, Figure-3.9 and

Figure-3.10 respectively.

Figure 3- 8: Altitude map of the study area

Figure 3- 9: Slope map of the study area






Figure 3- 10: Aspect map of the study area

From the map it is clear that the terrain is more or less a flat terrain with a gradual slope rising towards the land

from the sea and reaching maximum of around 30 m height. The terrain does not have many steep slopes in

totality however we may see few slopes near the settlement or rural areas.

3.7 Geohydrology

Over recent years, increasing abstraction to meet rising demand for domestic supplies and irrigation has raised

concerns for the sustainability of the resource and the livelihoods it supports. Additionally, changing land use as

well as hydrological interventions and climate change will have impacts on natural recharge and groundwater

storage. Consequences of over-exploitation include declining water levels and increasing competition for scarce

water resources between domestic and agricultural users and rural and urban communities.

3.7.1 Drainage

Different types of drainage and stream order are very important for understanding the infiltration and runoff of

the water, especially in Perennial River observed near proposed area. These different types of drainage pattern

mainly depend on the local geography, geology, structures and tectonics and also it depends on the slope of the

area.The area is under the influence of the river nearby being the main recharging source & controlling the

drainage pattern. The study area lies under the basin of this river. Overall the drainage pattern of the area is

dendritic. Drainage map of the study area is given in Figure-3.11

The principal rivers draining the area are the Narmada in the Southern most part of 10 km radius area and the

Bhukhi River which is just below project site. The Geohydrological investigation work carried out in & around

the study area reveals that the area is covered with thick layer of flood plain deposits. The ground water in the

area is found to occur under semi-confined conditions in shallow aquifers. The Depth to water level at places

has been found to be around 10 m to 20 m deep.






Figure 3- 11: Drainage map of the study area

3.8 Meteorology

3.8.1 Primary Meteorological Data

For collection of site-specific meteorological data, weather monitoring station was setup at the main gate of the

project site.The survey was undertaken as per IS: 8829-1978 and CPCB Guidelines. Automatic Weather Monitor

System, Model WM 271 with microcontroller based data logger was used to record parameters viz. temperature,

relative humidity, wind speed, wind direction. The site specific hourly mean meteorological data is given in

Table-3.4. Hourly average temperature of the study period is given in Figure-3.12. Wind rose diagram showing

month wise distribution of wind direction and wind speed and the given in Figure -3.13(a) to Figure -3.13 (d)

Table 3- 3: Site specific meteorological data

Parameters October - 2015 November- 2015 December- 2015

Temperature

(°C)

Minimum 24.1 19.7 15.1

Maximum 43.2 40.7 37.3

Average 34.3 31.3 25.0

Relative

Humidity (%)

Minimum 14.8 12.4 10.0

Maximum 84.3 72.3 69.5

Average 53.1 49.1 46.7

Wind Speed

(kmph)

Minimum 0.0 0.0 0.0

Maximum 24.5 25.8 28.0

Average 5.3 5.9 6.4

Rainfall (mm) Total Rainfall 0 0 0






Figure 3- 12: Daily average tempreature recorde during study period

The minimum and maximum hourly temperature recorded during the study period was 18.1° C and 40.7° C

respectively and relative humidity was ranging from 46.7% to 54.3%.

Figure 3- 13: Wind class distribution during the study period

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

45.0

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.0

8.0

9.0

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.0

15.0

16.0

17.0

18.0

19.0

20.0

21.0

22.0

23.0

Tem

per

atu

re (°

C)

Hour

Daily avg. temperature recorded during study period

Oct-15

Nov-15

Dec-15






Figure 3- 14: Windrose diagrams of the study period

a) Prevailing wind directions during October-2015 b) Prevailing wind directions during November-2015

c) Prevailing wind directions during December-2015 d) Prevailing wind directions during Oct-2015 to Dec-2015

3.8.2 Secondary Meteorological Data

The data for secondary meteorological parameters namely humidity and rainfall have been taken from

Climatological Tables of Observation in India 1951-1980 by India Meteorological Department (IMD). The

presented data are for IMD station - Bharuch.

3.8.2.1 Relative Humidity and Vapour Pressure

Morning and evening mean monthly relative humidity (%) and vapour pressure (hPa) data for Bharuch station

is given in the Table 3-4.






Table 3- 4: Monthly data of relative humidity and vapour pressure

Month Relative Humidity (%) Vapour Pressure (hPa)

Morning

(at 08:30 hr. IST)

Evening

(at 17:30 hr. IST)

Morning

(at 08:30 hr. IST)

Evening

(at 17:30 hr.IST)

January 69 34 10.9 13.7

February 61 29 11.4 13.1

March 62 26 15.5 14.4

April 63 27 21.4 17.1

May 73 38 28.3 23.2

June 80 59 31.2 29.6

July 88 74 31.4 30.8

August 90 77 30.8 30.6

September 87 65 29.3 27.7

October 75 44 23.9 21.9

November 68 37 15.8 17.0

December 70 37 12.3 21.9

Source: Climatological Tables of Observatories in India 1951-1980 by India Meteorological Department

The mean monthly average of Relative Humidity values for Bharuch station was recorded for 8:30 a.m. and

5:30 p.m. Based on above stated data it can be concluded that the Relative Humidity is generally high during

the period from June to August.

3.8.2.2 Rainfall

The average rainfall data from 1983 to 2014 for Bharuch district is 705 mm recorded. Total rainfall upto 30-9-

2015 is 494 mm against average rain 705 mm. as per the State Emergency Operation Centre, Gujarat,

Gandhinagar; data taken from the website of Gujarat State Disaster Management Authority (GSDMA). The

monthly average rainfall data of last 5 years (2009-2013) for Bharuch district, collected from India

Meteorological Department (IMD) website are presented in Table 3-5.

Table 3- 5: Average rainfall data of Bharuch district

Month Average Rainfall (mm) of Year

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

January 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

February 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

March 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

April 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1

May 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

June 12.0 47.4 18.9 38.7 144.7

July 250.8 290.5 151.3 73.2 348.6

August 81.2 247.1 309.2 91.7 154.2

September 44.7 286.5 130.6 192.4 474.8

October 38.4 11.8 0.5 5.7 42.7

November 3.3 19.3 0.0 0.0 0.0

December 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0






Month Average Rainfall (mm) of Year

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Total 430.4 902.6 610.5 401.7 1165.1

Average 35.86 75.21 50.87 33.47 97.09

Source: Hydromet Division, India Meteorological Department, District Rainfall (mm)

Based on above stated data it can be concluded that rainy season in the Bharuch region extends from June to

September and high rainfall is seen in the month of July to September.

3.8.2.3 Cloud Cover

Cloud amount is generally high during the period from June to September.

Table 3- 6: Monthly data of cloud amount

Month

Cloud Amount (Oktas of sky)

All clouds Low clouds

08:30hr. 17:30hr. 08:30hr. 17:30 hr.

January 1.0 0.9 0.1 0.1

February 0.8 0.6 0.3 0.1

March 1.1 0.9 0.2 0.2

April 1.4 1.1 0.3 0.1

May 1.8 0.7 0.9 0.1

June 4.4 3.2 2.8 1.6

July 6.5 6.1 4.5 3.8

August 6.8 6.2 5.0 4.3

September 4.7 4.6 2.5 2.5

October 1.7 2.1 0.5 0.8

November 1.1 1.1 0.2 0.2

December 1.2 1.1 0.2 0.2

Annual total OR mean 2.7 2.4 1.5 1.2

Source: Climatological Tables of Observatories in India 1951–1980 by India Meteorological Department.

3.9 Air Environment

Following steps were taken for identification/preparation of monitoring network /station

1) Preparation of map of study area (10 km /5km radius)

2) Preparation of dummy model of windrose from secondary data in order to identify the predominant wind

direction.

3) Identification of sensitive receptors (sensitive receptors falls under the downwind direction) by putting the

dummy model of wind rose on toposheet and landuse map.

4) Setting–up monitoring location with the help IS standard 1582 (part 14) as well as District Census.

If, population is <1, 00,000; minimum four (4) monitoring station is recommended.

The total population of study area (10 km radius) is 97800 as per Bharuch District Census Handbook

2001.

Total six (6) locations, including one location within project site, were selected for AAQM in the study

area of 5 km radius.






Based on above villages considered for study is given in Table 3-7.

Table 3- 7: Villages considered for the study

Sr.

No.

Name of the village Approx. aerial

distance from

project site, km

Direction

w.r.t.

project site

Latitude Longitude

1. Vilayat 2.54 228.56° SW 21°45'48.63"N 72°52'47.95"E

2. Sarnar 1.52 179.64° S 21°45'53.73"N 72°53'54.92"E

3. Derol 3.73 110.14° SEE 21°46'1.73"N 72°55'56.37"E

4. Argama 2.20 16.00° NNE 21°47'51.85"N 72°54'15.71"E

5. Vorasamni 2.80 316.90° NW 21°47'49.35"N 72°52'47.84"E

6. Project site-Grasim -- –

Table 3- 8: Location of ambient air quality monitoring stations

Sr.

No.

Location Approx.

aerial dist.

from the

site, km

Direction

w.r.t

project

site

Latitude Longitude Type

of

Area

Upwind or

downwind w.r.t

predominant wind

direction (SW-NE)

1. Vilayat 2.52 229.96°

SW

21°45'50.70"N 72°52'47.22"E R Up wind

2. Sarnar 1.56 173.75°

S

21°45'52.68"N 72°54'0.48" E R Up wind

3. Derol 3.59 107.70°

E

21°46'7.92"N 72°55'53.52"E R Cross wind

4. Argama 2.11 14.49°

NNE

21°47'49.44"N 72°54'12.93"E R Downwind

5. Vorasamni 2.73 317.17°

NW

21°47'48.15"N 72°52'49.65"E R Cross wind

6. Project

site

-- -- -- -- I --

R= Residential, I= Industrial

3.9.1 Frequency and Period of Monitoring

24 hourly monitoring was carried out at the above-mentioned locations twice a week during the study period

from 5th October 2015 to 31st December 2015, photographs of sampling location attached as Annexure-3.5;

for the parameters given in Table-3.2. The monitoring was carried out in accordance with the guidelines of

Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), scientific manual of GPCB, and National Ambient Air Quality

Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB and dates of monitoring is attached as Annexure-3.1.

3.9.2 Testing Method for AAQ parameters

Method adopted for testing is as per Laboratory’s NABL scope, attached as Annexure-3.11, results of Ambient

Air Quality (AAQ) are given in Table-3.9.






Table 3- 9: Results of ambient air quality (AAQ)

Parameter Value AAQ Monitoring Station NAAQ

Standards

(24hr Avg.)* Vilayat Sarnar Derol Argama Vorasamni Project Site

PM10

(µg/m3)

Min. 57 65 59 51 52 61 100

Max. 90 96 98 98 81 98

Avg. 76 82 81 75 69 81

98th Percentile 89 95 97 92 80 97

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

Min. 21 19 19 20 21 23 60

Max. 46 42 53 58 33 42

Avg. 31 27 29 30 27 33

98th Percentile 40 38 46 40 33 41

SO2

(µg/m3)

Min. 10 10 10 10 10 12 80

Max. 19 18 19 23 19 28

Avg. 14 13 13 15 14 18

98th Percentile 19 18 18 21 19 27

NOX

(µg/m3)

Min. 15 14 16 15 15 16 80

Max. 24 23 23 27 22 30

Avg. 19 18 19 19 18 23

98th Percentile 24 22 23 26 21 29

VOCs as

BTX

(µg/m3 )

Min. <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 1.5 Not specified

Max. <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 6.0

Avg. <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 4.0

98th Percentile <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 6.0

Free

Chlorine

as Cl2

(µg/m3)

Min. <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 Not specified

Max. 26.0 25.0 18.0 18.0 22.0 27.5

Avg. 16.0 14.1 11.6 10.0 11.9 19.5

98th Percentile 24.0 24.0 18.0 13.0 18.0 27.0

HCl

µg/m3

Min. <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 Not specified

Max. <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

Avg. <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

98th Percentile <10 <10 <10 <10 <10 <10

Note: * Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken

twice in a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals






3.9.3 Baseline Status of Ambient Air Quality of Study Area

Baseline status of AAQ of the study area is presented in Table 3- 10.

Table 3- 10: Baseline status of ambient air quality

S.No. Parameters Baseline Status

1 Particulate Matter size less

than 10μm

(PM10)

The main contribution to PM10 at all the AAQM locations was

primarily due to local activities such as vehicular movement,

natural dust due to household activities, agricultural activities and

prevailing wind.

PM10 concentrations in the study area were ranging from 51 to 98

µg/m3 with 98th percentile values in the range of 80 to 97 µg/m3

which are within the stipulated NAAQS values.

Construction activities such as site development, excavation,

movement of construction equipment and vehicles are ongoing in

the impact areas. Uses of raw material for construction (sand,

gravels, cement, water, electricity etc.) are going on in these

areas.

2 Particulate Matter size less

than 2.5 μm

(PM2.5)

The main contribution to PM2.5 at all the AAQM locations was

primarily due to local activities such as vehicular movement,

natural dust and prevailing wind.

PM2.5 concentrations in the study area were ranging from 19 to 58

µg/m3 with 98th percentile values in the range of 33 to 46 µg/m3

which are within the stipulated NAAQS values.

3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) SO2 concentrations (98th percentile) at all the locations were

observed to be within stipulated standards of NAAQS for

residential/rural region at all of the air quality monitoring

locations during the study period.

The range of SO2 was from 10 to 28 µg/m3 with 98th percentile

values in the range of 18 to 27 µg/m3 and within stipulated

standards of NAAQS

4 Oxides of Nitrogen

(NOx)

NOx concentrations (98th percentile) at all the locations were

observed to be within stipulated standards of NAAQS for

residential/rural region at all of the air quality monitoring

locations during the study period.

The range of NOx was from 14 to 30 µg/m3 with 98th percentile


standards of NAAQS.

5 VOC as BTX The range of VOC as BTX was from 0.5 to 6.0 µg/m3 with 98th

percentile values in the range of 5.1 to 6.0 µg/m3

6 Chlorine as Cl2 The range of Cl2 was from <5 to 27.5µg/m3 with 98th percentile


standards of NAAQS.

7 HCl HCl was found to be in the range of <10 µg/m3.






3.10 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring (ANQM) in the study area has been measured at selected locations are given

in Table 3-11.

Table 3- 11: Location of ambient noise monitoring

S.

No.

Location Approx.

aerial dist.

from the

site, km

Direction

w.r.t

project

site

Latitude Longitude Type

of

Area

Upwind or

downwind w.r.t

predominant wind

direction (SW-NE)

1. Vilayat 2.45 233.96°

SW

21°45'56.58"N 72°52'45.48"E R Up wind

2. Sarnar 1.6 175°

S

21°45'51.54"N 72°53'59.28"E R Cross wind

3. Derol 3.74 109.77°

E

21°46'2.34"N 72°55'56.94"E R Cross wind

4. Argama 2.26 17.27°

NNE

21°47'53.22"N 72°54'17.94"E R Downwind

5. Vorasamni 2.75 320.56

NW

21°47'52.20"N 72°52'53.40"E R Cross wind

6. Project Site -- -- -- -- I --

I= Industrial, R=Residential

3.10.1 Duration of Sampling & Methodology

o The frequency of monitoring was set at an interval of 2 hours during 24 hours of one single day during the

study period.

o Each measurement was taken for 15 seconds. All measurements were carried out when the wind speeds were

approximately 1-2 m/sec and no unusual activities were being carried out at the monitoring locations.

o The measurements were made using Sound Level Meter, Photographs showing sampling locations attached

as Annexure-3.6.

o Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) were then calculated from the

recorded values separately for day-time as well as night time. Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent

continuous equal energy level (Leq) is a statistical value of sound pressure level that can be equated to any

fluctuating noise level and forms a useful measure of noise exposure and forms basis of several of the noise

indices used presently. Leq is defined as the constant noise level, which over a given time, expands the same

amount of energy, as is expanded by the fluctuating level over the same time. This value is expressed by the

equation:

Leq = 10 log(1/n x (10)Li/10)………………………………………………….eq. no.- 3.1

Where, n = Total number of sound samples,

Li = the noise level of any ith sample

o Leq is used widely as a scale for the measurement of long term noise exposure.

o The Leq values of noise levels are then compared with the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential and

industrial areas within the impact zone.The ambient noise standards of CPCB are given as Annexure – 3.3

and Damage risk criteria for hearing loss given by occupational safety & health administration (OSHA) is

enclosed as Annexure – 3.4.






3.10.2 Results of Ambient Noise Quality

o The calculated Leqs are tabulated as given in below table.

Table 3- 12: Noise levels at ambient air monitoring stations

Sr.

No.

Location Approx.

Aerial Dist.

From the

site, km

Direction

w.r.t project

site

Type

of

Area

Noise Level (Leq)

in dBA (Day time)

(0600 to 2200 hrs.)

Noise Level (Leq)

in dBA (Night time)

(2200 to 0600 hrs.)

Measured Permissible

limit

Measured Permissible

limit

1. Vilayat 2.45 233.96° SW R 48 55 36 45

2. Sarnar 1.60 175° S R 47 55 39 45

3. Derol 3.74 109.77° E R 53 55 37 45

4. Argama 2.26 17.27° NNE R 52 55 38 45

5. Vorasamni 2.75 320.56 NW R 48 55 35 45

6. Project Site -- -- I 53 75 50 70

I= Industrial, R=Residential

3.10.3 Baseline Status of Ambient Noise Quality

The maximum noise level measured in the industrial area under the impact zone was 53 dBA at project site in

daytime and 50 dBA in night time at project site, which were below the stipulated standards of CPCB.

Noise levels of the residential area within the impact zone varied from 47-53 dBA during day time and 35-39

dBA during night time, which are also below permissible limits as stipulated by CPCB.

3.11 Water Environment

Representative underground as well as surface water samples from different locations within a distance of 5 km

radial distance from the project site were selected for sampling. Ground water predominantly exploited in most

of nearby villages only for domestic and agricultural purposes.

3.11.1 Selection of Sampling Locations

Surface waters from ponds, rivers within the study area were selected for sampling. ground water from borewells

of given villages were selected for sampling. Please refer Figure-3.1, Table-3.13 and Table - 3.14 for sampling

locations. Photographs of water sampling are attached as Annexure-3.7.

Table 3- 13: Surface water sampling location

S.

No.

Sampling

Locations

Approximate

Radial Distance

From Project Site

(km)

Direction

w.r.t.

Project

Site

Latitude

& Longitude

Use of water

Surface Water ( Pond Water)

1. Vilayat 2.34 230.61° SW 21°45'55.14"N

72°52'51.48"E

Animal Bathing

2. Sarnar 1.56 178.82° S 21°45'52.50"N

72°53'55.62"E

Animal Bathing (Note 3)

3. Derol 3.77 111.34° SEE 21°45'58.80"N

72°55'56.82"E

Animal Bathing (Note 1)






S.

No.

Sampling

Locations

Approximate

Radial Distance

From Project Site

(km)

Direction

w.r.t.

Project

Site

Latitude

& Longitude

Use of water

4. Argama 2.33 17.98° NNE 21°47'55.08"N

72°54'19.62"E

Animal Bathing

(Note 1 and 2)

5. Vorasamni 2.93 318.34° NW 21°47'54.12"N

72°52'46.56"E

Animal Bathing

(Note 1, 2 and 3)

River Water

6. Bhukhi

River

1.6 67.5° NEE 21°47'2.95"N

72°54'45.83"E

General Use

GIDC Reservoir

7. Project Site-

GIDC water

1.26 328.24° NNW 21°47'18.06"N

72°53'31.26"E

For drinking and general

use

Notes:

1. Moderate to heavy Euthrophication observed in pond waters of Derol, Argama and Vorasamni

2. Clothes washing water was observed mixing in pond water of Argama and Vorasamni

3. Dumping of domestic waste near corners of pond observed in Sarnar and Vorasamni

Table 3- 14: Ground water sampling location

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Locations

Approximate

Radial Distance

From Project Site

(km)

Direction

w.r.t.

Project

Site

Latitude

& Longitude

Use of water

Ground Water (Borewell water of )

1. Vilayat 2.84 229.45°

SW

21°45'43.32"N

72°52'39.12"E

Sample from Borewell.

General use only

2. Sarnar 1.61 176.90°

S

21°45'51.06"N

72°53'57.54"E

Panchayat borewell, Tap

water (through overhead

tank). General use only

3. Derol 3.74 112.74°

SEE

21°45'56.46"N

72°55'54.78"E




4. Argama 2.26 17.27°

NNE

21°47'53.22"N

72°54'17.94"E




5. Vorasamni 2.88 317.04°

NW

21°47'51.66"N

72°52'45.90"E




3.11.2 Duration of Sampling and Method of Testing

Grab Samples were collected once during the study period in November 2015. Physico-chemical and

microbiological parameters relevant for different water uses have been analyzed to establish the baseline status

of surface water and ground water resources in the study area. Methods as per IS and APHA were adopted for

analysis.






The SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) for sampling prepared based on sampling protocol specified in the

“Guidelines for Water Quality Management”. January 2008 of CPCB was followed for sampling, preservation,

and transport of samples to the lab.

Quantity of sample for General Analysis: 2 liters (non-acidified).

Quantity of sample for Bacteriological Analysis: 250 ml in sterilized bottles.

Quantity of sample for Metals Analysis: 1000 ml acidified sample for metal analysis.

Samples were analyzed at the laboratory of Siddhi Green Excellence Pvt. Ltd. as per STPs (Standard Testing

Procedures) based on IS and APHA methods.

The results of pond waters are tabulated against CPCB tolerance limits for Class B - Outdoor bathing based on

information provided by villagers regarding use. Borewell water results are also tabulated against CPCB

tolerance limits for Class B-Outdoor bathing. Results of GIDC water sample taken from Vilayat pumping station

are tabulated against Drinking water standard IS 10500: 2012, attached as Annexure – 3.2. Surface and ground

water quality is given in Table 3.15 to Table-3.18.






Table 3- 15: Surface water quality (pond water)

S.

No.

Parameters Unit IS 2296 : 1982 Class

B - Outdoor bathing

Analysis Results of Pond water

Permissible limit Vilayat Sarnar Derol Argama Vorasamni

1. pH - 6.5 - 8.5 8.45 8.75 8.38 8.16 8.68

2. EC μsm/cm NS 633 6801 603 2595 5163

3. TDS mg/l NS 382 4123 365 1564 3148

4. TSS mg/l NS 10.2 65.2 4.4 2.6 3.2

5. Nitrates mg/l NS <0.1 3.0 <0.1 0.4 3.3

6. Total Phosphates mg/l NS 3.09 2.67 0.84 5.70 0.28

7. COD mg/l NS 20 105 16 52 48

8. BOD mg/l ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3

9. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 195 352 18 288 333

10. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 150 946 172 640 668

11. Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 80 86 88 156 156

12. Magnesium Hardness (as Mg) mg/l NS 70 860 84 484 512

13. Carbonate ( as CaCO3) mg/l NS 9.4 99.8 33.2 28.0 90.0

14. Bicarbonate ( as CaCO3) mg/l NS 185.6 252.2 137.8 259.9 243.0

15. Cl-1 mg/l NS 76 1878 64 533 1326

16. SO4-2 mg/l NS 5.80 91.66 23.93 68.27 49.64

17. Mn mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

18. Fluoride mg/l 1.5 0.15 0.58 <0.1 0.46 0.52

19. Sodium (Na+) mg/l NS 93 1010 68 270 915

20. Potassium (K+) mg/l NS 10 16 9 33 31

21. Nickel mg/l NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

22. Arsenic mg/l 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

23. Hexavalent Chromium mg/l 1.0 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

24. Copper mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

25. Lead mg/l NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

26. Iron mg/l NS 0.7 0.03 0.19 0.61 0.145

27. Cadmium mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

28. Zinc mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

29. Total Coliforms MPN/100ml ≤500 30 >1600 <2 >1600 >1600

30. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

31. Phenol mg/l 0.005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NS = Not Specified






Table 3- 16: Surface water quality (river)

Sr.

No.

Parameters Unit IS 2296 : 1982 Class B - Outdoor bathing Analysis Results

Permissible limit Bhukhi River

1. pH - 6.5 - 8.5 8.34

2. EC μsm/cm NS 357

3. TDS mg/l NS 223

4. TSS mg/l NS 45.4

5. Nitrates mg/l NS <0.5

6. Total Phosphates mg/l NS <0.5

7. COD mg/l NS 12

8. BOD mg/l ≤3 ≤3

9. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 133

10. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 120

11. Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 76

12. Magnesium Hardness (as Mg) mg/l NS 44

13. Carbonate as CaCO3 mg/l NS 0.0

14. Bicarbonate as CaCO3 mg/l NS 133.0

15. Cl-1 mg/l NS 26

16. SO4-2 mg/l NS 58.89

17. Mn mg/l NS <0.05

18. Fluoride mg/l 1.5 0.40

19. Sodium (Na+) mg/l NS 23

20. Potassium (K+) mg/l NS 3

21. Nickel mg/l NS <0.02

22. Arsenic mg/l 0.2 <0.01

23. Hexavalent Chromium mg/l 1.0 <0.1

24. Copper mg/l NS <0.05

25. Lead mg/l NS <0.1

26. Iron mg/l NS 0.92

27. Cadmium mg/l NS <0.05

28. Zinc mg/l NS <0.05

29. Total coliforms MPN/100ml ≤500 70

30. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l NS <2

31. Phenol mg/l 0.005 <0.001

NS: Not Specified






Table 3- 17: Surface water quality (used as drinking water)

S.

No.

Parameters Unit IS 10500: 2012 (drinking water std.) Analysis results of GIDC reservoir water – sample

taken from Vilayat pumping station

Acceptable limit Permissible limit GIDC water

1. pH - 6.5 - 8.5 6.5 - 8.5 9.12

2. EC μsm/cm NS NS 322

3. TDS mg/l 500 2000 194

4. TSS mg/l NS NS 22.8

5. Nitrates mg/l 45 45 0.13

6. Total Phosphates mg/l NS NS <0.5

7. COD mg/l NS NS 08

8. BOD mg/l ≤2* ≤2* ≤2

9. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 200 600 129

10. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 200 600 104

11. Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS NS 56

12. Magnesium Hardness (as Mg) mg/l NS NS 48

13. Carbonates as CaCO3 mg/l NS NS 49

14. Bicarbonates as CaCO3 mg/l NS NS 81

15. Cl-1 mg/l 250 1000 16

16. SO4-2 mg/l 200 400 3

17. Mn mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.05

18. Fluoride mg/l 1.0 1.5 0.38

19. Sodium mg/l NS NS 19

20. Potassium mg/l NS NS 2

21. Nickel mg/l NS NS <0.02

22. Arsenic mg/l NS NS <0.01

23. Hexavalent Chromium mg/l 0.05 0.05 <0.1

24. Copper mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05

25. Lead mg/l 0.01 0.01 <0.1

26. Iron mg/l 0.3 0.3 0.15

27. Cadmium mg/l 5.0 15.0 <0.05

28. Zinc mg/l ≤50* ≤50* <0.05

29. Total Coliform MPN/100ml NS NS 10

30. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l 0.001 0.002 <2

31. Phenol mg/l <0.001 Note*: As per CPCB standards for surface waters as Class A- Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection, NS: Not Specified






Table 3- 18: Ground water quality (not used as drinking)

S.

No.

Parameters Unit IS 2296 : 1982 Class B

- Outdoor bathing

Analysis results of Groundwater (Borewell water)

Permissible limit Vilayat Sarnar Derol Argama Vorasamni

1. pH - 6.5 - 8.5 8.38 7.98 8.13 7.92 8.11

2. EC μsm/cm NS 1919 7242 2754 3383 5984

3. TDS mg/l NS 1166 4374 1669 2048 3703

4. TSS mg/l NS 23.08 92.6 3.8 39.4 42.8

5. Nitrates mg/l NS <0.5 9.85 6.24 12.27 11.63

6. Total Phosphates mg/l NS <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5 <0.5

7. COD mg/l NS 36 48 24 40 48

8. BOD mg/l ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3 ≤3

9. Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 383 399 355 414 286

10. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 160 1176 510 992 870

11. Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l NS 30 40 110 109 200

12. Magnesium Hardness (as Mg) mg/l NS 130 1136 400 882 670

13. Carbonates as CaCO3 mg/l NS 48 38 47 72 48

14. Bicarbonates as CaCO3 mg/l NS 335 362 307 342 238

15. Cl-1 mg/l NS 293 1878 540 680 1526

16. SO4-2 mg/l NS 67 21 107 50 47

17. Mn mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

18. Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1 0.71 <0.1 0.2 0.27

19. Sodium mg/l NS 290 1000 310 310 880

20. Potassium mg/l NS 2 8 3 37 10

21. Nickel mg/l NS <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

22. Arsenic mg/l 0.2 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

23. Hexavalent Chromium mg/l 1.0 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

24. Copper mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

25. Lead mg/l NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

26. Iron mg/l NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

27. Cadmium mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

28. Zinc mg/l NS <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

29. Total Coliform MPN/100ml ≤500 50 110 50 23 23

30. Ammonical nitrogen mg/l NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

31. Phenol mg/l 0.005 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

NS: Not Specified






Note: Borewell waters in all the villages pumped to overhead tank. Connection from overhead tank is provided

in common wash area constructed by Grasim Industries Limited – where villagers use the water for

washing and bathing.

As per the information provided by villagers of respective villages:

In Derol – Filtered borewell water is used for drinking. Common filtration facility available

In Argama – Drinking water is sourced from GIDC line and Jhanor

In Vorasamni and Vilayat – GIDC water is used for drinking

In Sarnar – GIDC water is used for drinking

3.12 Soil Environment (Base-Line Data)

The soil samples were collected from 6 different locations once during the study period in the study area

depicted in Figure-3.1 and presented in Table 3-19, Photographs of sampling location is attached as Annexure-

3.8.

Table 3- 19: Soil sampling location details

3.12.1 Duration of Sampling Method of Testing and Results

At each sampling site, samples were collected at a depth of 0 – 20 cm and mixed together to form composite

sample. Large stones, gravels and plant roots, were removed from soil. Physico-Chemical characteristics of

soil samples were determined from 5% leachate of the samples. Standard procedures were followed for analysis.

The results of physico-chemical analysis of soil samples are presented in Table 3.20.

Table 3- 20: Chemical characteristics of soil

S.

No.

Parameter Unit Sampling locations

Vilayat Sarnar Derol Argama Vorasamni Project Site

1. pH -- 8.7 8.9 10.1 9.0 8.9 9.2

2. Electrical conductivity µsm/cm 811.5 1636.0 342.4 668.4 401.8 274.0

3. SAR -- 3.5 5.5 2.2 1.6 3.1 1.6

4. Water holding capacity % 77.8 66.1 61.6 75.8 62.9 83.0

5. Cation exchange capacity Meq/100g 23.9 22.3 17.5 21.8 21.4 21.4

6. Available Nitrogen mg/kg 124 94 96 350 122 162

7. Exchangeable Ca mg/kg 4554 2921 2637 4591 4476 4615

8. Exchangeable Mg mg/kg 1325 1448 1604 1508 982 1339

9. Sodium (Na) mg/kg 2372 3311 1306 1063 1994 1240

10. Potassium (K) mg/kg 497 439 84 399 395 253

11. Phosphorus (P) mg/kg 14.9 12.9 18.8 9.9 27.9 5.18

S.

No.

Village name Approximate radial

distance from project

site (km)

Direction

w.r.t.

project site

Latitude Longitude

1. Vilayat 2.41 235.48° SW 21°45'58.98"N 72°52'45.24"E

2. Sarnar 1.61 176.67° S 21°45'51.09"N 72°53'57.76"E

3. Derol 3.77 112.99° SEE 21°45'55.56"N 72°55'55.38"E

4. Argama 2.10 19.4° NNE 21°47'47.64"N 72°54'18.96"E

5. Vorasamni 2.75 320.56 NW 21°47'52.20"N 72°52'53.40"E

6. Project Site -- -- 21°47'2.28"N 72°54'20.10"E






3.13 Ecology and Biodiversity

Biodiversity is often considered synonymous with species richness of the area. Identifying, measuring, and

monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The Biodiversity assessment generally concern with, conducting

biodiversity inventories; for assessing existing biodiversity. This provides the information on the biodiversity

richness of the area under consideration.

The selection of indicators differs for biodiversity monitoring as per the output required. Various criteria have

been developed for selection of indicators, taking into account biological as well as logistical aspects (Noss,

1990, UNEP, 1992). A biodiversity baseline study is the work done to collect and interpret information on the

biodiversity values occurring at a site, their current condition, and trends before a project commences. The

biodiversity baseline study plays important roles in supporting the assessment of impacts and risks of a project,

applying the biodiversity mitigation hierarchy, and designing the long-term biodiversity monitoring program (if

one is required). Biodiversity risks, management requirements, and information needs will vary according to

the project, and therefore the biodiversity baseline study should be proportional and specific to the anticipated

risk and significance of impacts from the project (Gullison, et al. 2015). The report is based on information

collected through baseline field-based assessment to describe the biodiversity values present in the baseline

study area.

3.13.1 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment

The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar Convention and the Convention on the

Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) recognize, impact assessment as an important tool

for helping to ensure that development is planned and implemented with biodiversity in mind. The CBD requests

Parties to apply impact assessment to projects, programs, plans and policies with a potential negative impact

assessment on biodiversity. Conference of Parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at

Curitiba, Brazil on March 20th - 31st, 2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact assessment by

providing voluntary guidelines on biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment.

CBD provides a strong international platform for applying impact assessment techniques to biodiversity

conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to ensure that biodiversity is addressed in

projects, plan and policy decision (Article - 14). An underlying justification for the application of impact

assessment is also given in Article - 8 which is for promoting the protection of ecosystems, natural habitats,

promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in areas next to the protected areas.

3.13.2 Biological Diversity

The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity or Bio diversity.

Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few years. Technically, it is a

contraction of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article - 2 Use of Terms), 'Biological

Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine

and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within

species, between species and of ecosystems". In practice, 'biodiversity' is most often used as a collective noun

synonymous with nature or 'Life on Earth' (WCMC Biodiversity Series No. 5, 1996). The biodiversity, as we

see today is the result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural processes.

The vast array of interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all

species, including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological diversity is a global asset of

tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same time, the threat to species and ecosystems has

never been as great as it is today. Species extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming

rate. Protecting biodiversity is for our self-interest and also for the future generation.

3.13.3 Ecological Impact Assessment

Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts of development activities on

ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the information needed to ensure that ecological issues are

given full and proper consideration in development planning. Environmental impact assessment (EIA) has






emerged as a key to sustainable development by integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many

countries. EcIA has a major part to play as a component of EIA but also has other potential applications in

environmental planning and management. Ecological Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive review of

the EcIA process and summarizes the ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand, explain and

evaluate the ecological consequences of development proposals. Environmental impact assessments have

become an integral part of development projects in India ever since 1994, to formulate policies and guidelines

for environmentally sound economic development. Proper assessment of biological environment and

compilation of its taxonomical data is essential for the impact prediction, yet biodiversity is often inadequately

addressed. There is a growing recognition of the need of biodiversity considerations in environmental impact

assessments. Important barriers to the incorporation of biodiversity in impact assessment include low priority

for biodiversity and limitations in one or more of the following areas: capacity to carry out the assessments;

awareness of biodiversity values; adequate data; and post-project monitoring.

Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and floristic and faunal diversity of the

areas are almost non-existent in country as diverse as India. Instant information on biodiversity profiles of the

area, where the proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of the baseline studies of EIA. In such a

situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a pre-requisite for the collection of reliable data. The

professional ethic of the Biodiversity practitioners should be their will and skill to conduct scientific field

surveys. These contributions towards biodiversity surveys may sometimes recognized as the actual value

additions in terms of new records or a new data base but are more often recognized in the validation and updating

of the existing information base.

3.13.4 Period of the study and Study area

The baseline study area encompasses the geographic area of anticipated project activities and impacts -the

project area of influence. The baseline study for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the

terrestrial environment of the study area was carried out within 10 km radius of the proposed project of M/s

Grasim Industries Ltd., PLOT # 1, Vilayat GIDC Estate, Village Vagra, District Bharuch, Gujarat state was

conducted during 1st - 2nd December, 2015.

3.13.5 Methodology

The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the study area.

Extrapolation and prediction techniques were used to limit the number of sites to be assessed. The knowledge

of species habitats requirement, soil type, terrain, vegetation etc. was used to predict species occurrence. This

Extrapolation Assessment Programme conducts preliminary for the assessment of biological value of poorly

known area.

The biological value of an area can be characterized by the species richness, degree of spices endemism,

uniqueness of the ecosystem and magnitude of threats of extinction. This Rapid biodiversity assessment were

undertaken by identifying potentially rich sites from satellite imaginary (Google Earth) and conducting the field

survey in the potential habitats. GPS was utilized for locating field sample plots as well as gathering positional

attributes of sighted flora and faunal species. For floral survey, sample plots have been randomly distributed

within the identified rich biodiversity potential habitats that falls under study area.

The methodology adopted for faunal survey involved; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey,

opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot

prints and review of previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after

the commencement of production system activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic,

migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to

identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by

IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian Wild Life Protection Act, 1972. The status of individual species was assessed

using the revised IUCN category system.






3.13.6 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment

3.13.6.1 Habitats description of the project site and its immediate surroundings

Project site of the proposed expansion (21046’08`.7”, 72053’18.0”) is located within the existing plot of Grasim

Industries Ltd., in the Vilayat GIDC area, in Vilayat village, Bharuch district. The other units of M/s. Grasim

Industries within the same premises are either in operation phase or in final phase of construction. This area is

already demarcated as GIDC for industrial development with many small scale and large scale industrial

establishments already existing in this region, and nearest villages: Sarnar, Vilayat and Bhersam are located far

away from the project’s zone of influence, hence ecological impact due to this project on human receptors is

expected to be minimum.

There is no eco-sensitive area likes forest patches, large water bodies that attract migratory and other residential

water fowls existing within the close proximity of the project site, hence the direct impact due to the project on

these eco-sensitive receptors are not envisaged. One small stream locally known as Bhuki river (21045’40`.2”,

72052’49.5”) is passing through the Vilayat village located just outskirt of the GIDC area, this stream is joining

Narmada river between Kaladara and Megham village, any untreated industrial discharge in this stream may be

harmful to the aquatic system of this stream as well as the aquatic system of Narmada estuary.

Immediate surrounding land use at the out skirt of the Vilayat GIDC area are dominated by agriculture fields,

either as fallow land or with crops like, tuver or cotton. The tree cover in this area is very limited restricted to

farmland plantations dominated by Prosopis cineraria (Khyigdo) and Acacia nilotica (Baval).

3.13.6.2 Habitats description of the area (10 Km)

As already mentioned the dominant land use pattern of this region is predominated by agricultural fields.

Natural habitats have been confined to very limited area. Many small water bodies like “Gram Talav” were

observed in the study area. Trees in the study area are restricted to / homestead / farmland / road side plantation.

These tree cover is termed by Forest Survey of India (FSI) as ‘Trees Outside Forests” (TOF), in the form of

small woodlots and block plantations as trees along linear features, such as roads, canals bunds, etc. and

scattered trees on farmlands, homesteads, community lands and rural areas.

Most of the road side and barren lands were covered with the herbaceous layer of Alternathera sp. and Celosia

argentea var. argentea. Most of the cultivable land was observed with crops like Tuver, Sugar cane and Mug

with a limited area with Cotton, Ricinus and Math (Mattia). But Tuver and Mug is the dominant crop of this

locality.

A large reservoir for intermediated storage of water from river Narmada that will later pumped to GIDC area at

Dahej is located in Bhersam village, known as Bhersam Talab (21046’45`.6”,72051’08.2”).In addition to this

reservoir there are many large village “talavs” were also observed at Vansi village (21043’45`.7”, 72052’29.8”).

Vahalu (21045’13.3”, 72054’49.3” and other small talavs in most of the village in the study area for rain water

harvesting.

3.13.6.3 Floral Diversity of the study area

The objective this floral inventory of the study area is to provide necessary information on floristic structure in

the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The climatic, edaphic and

biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these

variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The following account of

floral inventory has been, based on the field survey conducted for a short duration in the December, 2015, is not

very comprehensive data and is aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region during the study

period as a baseline data in absence of available secondary data. Listing of the endangered, threatened and

endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the attention to the occurrence of such species, would aid in

creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole to protect such species from extinction, and to take

necessary measures for their conservation. These type of floristic study is an inventory for such purpose and

hence a necessity. The tree species, herbs, shrubs, climbers and major crops, were documented during this base

line study.






The dominant trees in the study area were generally planted either as farmland plantation or homestead

plantation or along the road side plantation .Otherwise natural tree cover is very less in this part of Bharuch

District. Dominant tree species in the farmland was dominated Prosopis cineraria (Khyigdo), Acacia nilotica

(Baval), Azadirachta indica (Limbado), Ailanthus excelsa (Aurdso), Eucalyptus sp (Nilgari), Albizia lebbeck

(Siris), and Mangifera indica (Keri). Homestead plantation was dominated by Pithecellobium dulce (Gorasmli),

Tamarindus indica (Amali), Mangifera indica (Keri), Moringa oleifera (Sargavo), Ficus benghalensis (Vad),

Cocos nucifera (Narial), and Salvadora persica (Piludi). Road side Plantations were dominated by Peltophorum

pterocarpum (Sonmukhi), Tamarindus indica (Amali), Delonix regia (Gulmohar), Casuarina equisetifolia

(Sharu), Azadirachta indica (Limbado), Acacia leucophloea (Hermobaval), Acacia nilotica (Baval), Albizia

lebbeck (Siris), Leucaena leucocephala (Pardesi Baval), Prosopis cineraria (Khyigdo), Ficus benghalensis

(Piplo), Pongamia pinnata (Karanj), Salvadora perica (Piludi), Ailanthus excelsa (Aurdso), and Tectona

grandis (Sag). The list of tree species is enlisted in the Table 3-21. 36 species of trees belonging to 22 families

are enumerated from the study area.

Table 3- 21: Trees in the study area

S.No. Family & Scientific name Vernacular name

1 Family: Anacardiaceae

1/1 Mangifera indica L. Kari

2 Family: Annonaceae

2/1 Polyalthia longifolia (Sonner.) Asopalav

3 Family:Apocynaceae

3/1 Plumeria rubra L. Champo

4 Family: Arecaceae

4/1 Cocos nucifera L. Narial

5 Family: Caesalpiniaceae

5/1 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gaulmor

6/2 Cassia fistula L. Garmalo

7/3 Cassia siamea Lam. Kasid

8/4 Parkinsonia aculacta L. Rambhaval

9/5 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Sonmukhi,

10/6 Tamarindus indica L. Amali

6 Family: Caricaceae

11/1 Carica papaya L. Papaya

7 Family: Casuarinaceae

12/1 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sharu

8 Family: Combretaceae

13/1 Terminalia catappa L. Badam

9 Family: Malvaceae

14/1 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol.ex Corr. Paras piplo

10 Family: Meliaceae

15/1 Azadirachta indica A.Juss Limbado

11 Family: Mimosaceae

16/1 Acacia auriculiformis L Austrialanbaval

17/2 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb) Willd. Hermobaval

18/3 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del.subsp.indica (Bth.) Brenan Baval

19/4 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Siris

20/5 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) De Pardesi Bhaval

21/6 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Bth. Gorasmli

22/7 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khyigdo

12 Family:Moraceae

23/1 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad

24/2 Ficus religiosa L. Piplo

13 Family:Moringaceae







25/1 Moringa oleifera Lam Sargavo

14 Family:Myrtaceae

26/1 Eucalyptus sp. Nilgari

27/2 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels. Jambu

15 Papilionaceae

28/1 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pierre Karanj

16 Family:Poaceae

29/1 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb) Bans

17 Family Rutaceae

30/1 Limonia acidissima Kothi , Kotha

18 Family:Salvadoraceae

31/1 Salvadora perica Piludi

19 Family:Sapotaceae

32/1 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dub. Rayan

33/2 Manilkara zapota (L.) Chikoo

20 Family:Simaroubaceae

34/1 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Aurdso

21 Family:Rhamnaceae

35/1 Zizyphus glabrata Heyne ex Roth. Bor

22 Family:Verbenaceae

36/1 Tectona grandis L.f. Sag

3.13.6.3.1 Shrubs

Shrubs observed during the present survey are given in the Table 3-22. 27 shrub species belonging to 15 families

are enumerated from the study area. The dominant shrub community in this area was represented by, Calotropis

procera, C. gigantea (Akado), Prosopis juliflora (Gando baval), Ipomoea fistulosa (Nasarmo), Lawsonia

inermis (Mendhi), and Lantana camara (Ganthai).

Table 3- 22: List of the shrubs in the study area


1 Family :Apocynaceae

1/1 Nerium indicum Lalkaren

2/2 Thevetia peruviana Merr. Pili karan

2 Family: Asclepiadaceae

3/1 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br Akado

4/2 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br Akado


5/1 Cassia auriculata L Aval

4 Family: Capparaceae

6/1 Capparis decidua ( forsk.)Edgew Kerdo

7/2 Capparis sepiaria L. Kanthar

5 Family: Convolvulaceae

8/1 Ipomoea fistulosa Mart.ex Choisy Nasarmo

6 Family: Euphorbiaceae

9/1 Euphorbia neriifolia L. Thor

10/2 Jatropha curcas L. Ratanjot

11/3 Ricinus communis L. Devalo

7 Family: Lythraceae

12/1 Lawsonia inermis L. Mendhi

8 Family: Malvaceae

13/1 Abelomoschus manihot (L.) Medic. Jagali bhindi







14/2 Abelomoschus esculentus (L.) Bhindi

15/3 Gossypium herbaceum L. acerifolium Kapas

16/4 Hibiscus rosa –sinensis Jasund

9 Family: Musaceae

17/1 Musa paradisiaca L. Kela

10 Family: Mimosaceae

18/1 Prosopis juliflora DC Gando baval

11 Family:Nyctaginaceae

19/1 Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Bougainvel

12 Family: Papilionaceae

20/1 Sesbania sesban (L.) Merr. Shevari

13 Family: Rhamnaceae

21/1 Zizyphus nummularia (Burm.f.) W. &. Chanibor

14 Family: Solanaceae

22/1 Datura metel L Daturo

23/2 Solanum incanum L Ubhi ringan

24/3 Solanum indicum

15 Family : Verbenaceae

25/1 Clerodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn. Madhi

26/2 Lantana camara L.var.aculcata (L.)Mold. Ganthai

27/3 Vitex negundo L. Nagod

3.13.6.3.2 Herbs

The herbs observed in the sampling plots, during the survey period within the study area have been enlisted in

the Table 3-23. 68 species of herbs belonging to 29 families were documented from the sampling plots laid in

different habitats.

Table 3- 23: List of herbaceous species observed in the study area


1 Family Acanthaceae

1/1 Hygrophila auriculata (Schum.) Kanatashelio,Akaro

2 Family: Alismataceae

2/1 Limnophyton obtusifolium L

3 Family Amaranthaceae

3/1 Alternanthera bettzickiana (Regel)

4/2 Amaranthus hybridus L.,

5/3 Amaranthus viridis L

6/4 Celosia argentea var. argentea

4 Family : Aponogetonaceae

7/1 Aponogeton natans L.

5 Family: Asteraceae

8/2 Blumea mollis Bhutaco

9/3 Blumea eriantha DC. Kalhar

10/4 Echinops echinatus Roxb Shulio

11/5 Tridax procumbens L Pardesi Bhangro

12/6 Parthenium hysterophorus L --

13/7 Xanthium strumarium L. Gokhru

6 Family: Boraginaceae

14/1 Trichodesma indicum R. Br. Undha Fuli

7 Family: Commelinaceae

15/1 Commelina benghalensis L

16/2 C.forskalaei Vahl., Enum








17/1 Cressa cretica L. Palio, Rudanti

18/2 Convolvulus arvensis L.

19/3 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.)

9 Family: Cyperaceae

20/1 Cyperus sps. --

21/2 Fimbristylis dichotoma Vahl. --

22/3 Fimbristylis sps. --

10 Family: Euphorbiaceae

23/1 Euphorbia hirta L. --

11 Family: Hydrocharitaceae

24/1 Hydrilla verticillata (L.f.) Royle

25/2 Ottelia alismodies L.

12 Family: Lamiaceae

26/1 Hyptis suaveolens (L.)

27/2 Ocimum basilicum L

28/3 Ociumum sanctum L tulsi

13 Family: Liliaceae

29/1 Aloe barbadensis Mill. Kunvarpato

14 Family: Malvaceae

30/1 Abutilon indicum L. Khapat,Dabaliar

31/2 Malachra capitata (L.) --

32/3 Urena lobata L., ssp. lobata; --

15 Family: Menyanthaceae

33/1 Nymphoides indica (L.) --

16 Family : Myrtyniaceae

34/1 Martynia annua L. Vinchhudo

17 Family: Nyctaginaceae

35/1 Boerhavia diffusa L. Satodi

18 Family: Nymphaeaceae

36/1 Nymphaea rubra Roxb. ex Salisb. Kamal


37/1 Alysicarpus vaginalis

38/2 Cajanus cajan (L) Tuvar

39/3 Cicer arietinum L Chana

40/4 Cacia tora Kuvandio

41/5 Crotalaria prostate --

42/6 Crotalaria juncea Shun

43/7 Indigofera cardifoila Heyne ex Roth --

44/8 Indigofera oblongifolia Forks. --

45/9 Indigofera sp. --

46/10 Tehrosia purpurea L. Sarpankho

47/11 Tephrosia sps. --

48/12 Medicago sativa L Lachko

49/13 Viginia aconitifola (jacq) Math, mattia

50/14 Viginia radiata var. radiata Mung

20 Family: Poaceae

51/1 Aleuropus lagopoides (L) --

52/2 Cynodon barberi Rang. --

53/3 Cynodon dactylon (L.) --

54/4 Phragmites kara (Retz.) --

55/5 Sorghum bicolor (L.) Jowar







56/6 Zea mays Makai

21 Family: Poligonaceae

57/1 Poligonum sp. --

22 Family: Pontederiaceae

58/1 Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Kanphutti

23 Family: Potamogetonaceae

59/1 Potamogeton sp. --

24 Family: Solanaceae

60/1 Solanum nigrum L. Piludi

61/2 Solanum surattense Brum. Bhoringni

25 Family: Scrophulariaceae

62/1 Bacopa monnieri L. --

26 Family: Tiliaceae

63/1 Corchorus depressus Stocks Bhuphali

64/2 Corchorus aestunans L. Chunch

27 Family: Trapaceae

65/1 Trapa natans L. bispinosa (Roxb.) --

28 Family: Typhaceae

66/1 Typha angustata Bory & Chaub Ramban,Ghabajariu

29 Family: Zygophyllaceae

67/1 Fagonia cretica L. --

68/2 Tribulus terrestris L. Mithu Gokhru

3.13.6.3.3 Climbers and Twiners

Climbers/ twiners in the study area dominated by, Ipomoea pes-tigridis (Wagpadi), Ipomea pes-caprae (Dariani

vel), Ipomea aquatica (Nali ni Bhaji), Coccinia grandis (Ghiloda), and Luffa cylindrica (Galku), The major

climbers and twiners observed in the study area in the sampling plots are given in the Table 3-24. 21species of

climbers/ twiners belonging to 8 families are recorded from the area.

Table 3- 24: List of climbers observed in the area

S.No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name

1 Family: Asclepiadaceae

1/1 Pentatropis spiralis (Forsk.) Decne Shingroti


2/1 Ipomea cairica (L.) --

3/2 Ipomea nili L.

4/3 Ipomoea obscura L. --

5/4 Ipomea pulchella Roth --

6/5 Ipomea aquatica Forsk. Nadinivel

7/6 Ipomoea pes-caprae Dariani vel/Maryad vel

8/7 Ipomoea pes-tigrides L


9/1 Caesalpinia crista L. Kachka

4 Family: Cucurbitaceae

10/1 Coccinia grandis Ghiloda

11/2 Corallocarpus epigeus (Arn.0 Cl.in HK.

12/3 Luffa cylindrica (L.) M.J.Roem Galku

13/4 L. acutangula (L) Jungli turia

14/5 Mukia maderaspatana (L)M. Roeam Chnak Chibidi

5 Family: Cuscutaceae

15/1 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarvel

6 Euphorbiaceae






S.No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name

16/1 Dalechampia scanens L.

7 Family: Menispermaceae

17/1 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diels Vevdi


18/1 Mucuna prurita Hk.f. Kavach, Koyli

19/2 Abrus precatorius L. Chanothi

20/3 Clitoria ternatea L. Gokaran

21/4 Clitoria biflora Dalz.

3.13.7 Quantitative Assessment of Flora from the sampling plots

The trees in the study area are either as farmland plantation, homestead plantation and road side plantation.

There is a very loosely-defined lower storey, composed of small trees and large shrubs. The ground-cover is

diverse during the study conducted in post monsoon season, varying from herbs and grasses, in areas of

relatively deep and moist soil-conditions like; water logged drains near agriculture land and surrounding of

village ponds and the small streams as well as annuals and ephemerals, in the dry areas.

Species cultivated around homesteads include mainly fruit-trees, and trees around the agriculture hedges and

boundaries are mostly fast growing and that providing shadow and firewood. Plantation of Eucalyptus and

Casurina was not incorporated in the quantitative assessment. But these area were covered for herbaceous layer

due to their undisturbed condition. Crops growing in the agriculture fields were also not incorporated in the

quantitative assessment even though the farmland plantation and herbaceous layer at the hedges were

quantified at selected sampling plots.

Table 3- 25: Sampling plot details

Quadrate# Location Coordinates Nearest Village Habitat

1 N21043’ 41.1’’,E 72057’01.8” Kantharia Farm land edges

2 N21044’ 23.4’’,E 72057’01.8” Tham Farm land edges

3 N21044’ 02.4’’,E 72056’38.6” Manubar Barren land

4 N21043’ 51.4’’,E 72056’27.9” Manubar Farm land edges

5 N21043’ 38.2’’,E 72054’54.3” Karmad Farm land edges

6 N21043’ 45.7’’,E 72052’29.8” Vansi Hedgerows of inland water body

7 N21043’ 46.2’’,E 72052’30.6” Vansi Hedgerows along Roads side water logged region

8 N21043’ 49.9’’,E 72051’46.7” Kurala Farm land edges

9 N21044” 40.0’’,E 72050’54..6” Chalod Farm land edges of sugar cane fields

10 N21044’ 29.0’’,E 72049”16.2” Amleshwar Farm land edges

11 N22045’ 07.4’’,E 72028’33.2” Vesdada Hedgerows near Casuarina plantation

12 N21042’ 25.6’’,E 72053’48.0” Hinglot Farm land edges

13 N21044’ 14.7’’,E 72054’44.2” Vahalu Hedgerows near water logged region on the Road side

14 N21045’ 49.5’’,E 72050’23.2” Vahalu Hedgerows of inland water body

15 N21045’ 54.8’’,E 72053’30.2” Sarnar Hedgerows village outskirts, water logged region

16 N21047’ 42.5’’,E 72054’33.2” Argama Hedgerows village outskirts, water logged region

17 N21048’ 15.9’’,E 72057’06.2” Tralasa Hedgerows Village outskirts,

18 N21044 39.5’’,E 72058’24.2” Umraj Village outskirts, water logged region

19 N21045’ 29.6’’,E 72058’19.2” Kasad Farm land edges

20 N21046’ 25.6’’,E 72057’15.2” Mahudhla Farm land edges

21 N21046’ 25.6’’,E 72057’15.2” Trasli Farm land edges

22 N21047’ 51.6’’,E 72053’049” Vorasamni Hedgerows Village outskirts,

23 N21049’ 50.6’’,E 72053’05.9” Rahad Farmland edges with Mattia cultivation

24 N21050 00.6’’,E 72051’27.9” vagra Barren land

25 N21049 50.3’’,E 72050’21.9 Saran Hedgerows ,Near Eucalyptus plantation

26 N21050 00.6’’,E 72051’27.9 Sayakha Hedgerows Near Eucalyptus plantation






General pattern of the land use of the study area dominated by

agriculture lands and few scattered farm land plantation.

Prosopis cineraria (Khyigdo), one of the dominant farmland

plantations.

Acacia nilotica (Baval) other dominant farmland plantations. At many places plantation of Eucalyptus sp (Nilgiri) were

observed in the agriculture fields especially at Saran and Sayakha

villages.

Inland water body observed in Vansi village. Buki river one small stream passing through the area.

Alternanthera sp covered most of the road side fallow lands and

barren lands.

Indian Roller (Coracias benghalensis) sighting was very

frequent in the study area during survey period.

3.13.7.1 Quantitative analysis adopted

1. % Frequency of species = Number of quadrats of occurrence of species A/ Total number of quadrats studied X 100

2. Abundance of species= Number of individuals of species A in total quadrats studied/ Number of quadrats of

occurrence of species A.






Table 3- 26: Quantitative data of the study area (from the sampling plots only)

# Species Habit Frequency (%) Abundance

1. Mangifera indica Trees 30.8 1.5

2. Cocos nucifera Trees 15.4 1.5

3. Delonix regia Trees 15.4 1.3

4. Cassia fistula Trees 3.8 1.0

5. Cassia siamea Trees 11.5 2.3

6. Parkinsonia aculacta Trees 3.8 1.0

7. Peltophorum pterocarpum Trees 19.2 2.4

8. Tamarindus indica Trees 7.7 1.5

9. Thespesia populnea Trees 7.7 1.5

10. Azadirachta indica Trees 38.5 3.2

11. Acacia auriculiformis Trees 7.7 5.0

12. Acacia leucophloea Trees 23.1 1.3

13. Acacia nilotica Trees 42.30 3.4

14. Albizia lebbeck Trees 15.4 3.0

15. Leucaena leucocephala Trees 7.7 4.0

16. Pithecellobium dulce Trees 15.4 1.8

17. Prosopis cineraria Trees 61.5 1.8

18. Ficus benghalensis Trees 7.7 1.0

19. Ficus religiosa Trees 3.9 3.0

20. Eucalyptus Trees 3.9 10.0

21. Syzygium cumini Trees 3.9 1.0

22. Pongamia pinnata Trees 11.5 2.3

23. Salvadora perica Trees 26.9 2.9

24. Manilkara hexandra Trees 7.7 2.0

25. Ailanthus excelsa Trees 15.4 4.0

26. Tectona grandis Trees 3.8 4.0

27. Calotropis gigantea Shrubs 30.8 2.7

28. Calotropis procera Shrubs 26.9 2.9

29. Cassia auriculata Shrubs 34.6 3.5

30. Capparis decidua Shrubs 11.5 3.3

31. Capparis sepiaria Shrubs 7.69 3.0

32. Ipomoea fistulosa Shrubs 26.9 2.8

33. Euphorbia neriifolia Shrubs 15.8 6.8

34. Jatropha curcas Shrubs 7.7 4.0

35. Lawsonia inermis Shrubs 15.3 5.5

36. Abelomoschus manihot Shrubs 11.5 2.0

37. Prosopis juliflora Shrubs 38.5 5.2

38. Zizyphus nummularia Shrubs 23.1 1.6

39. Datura metel Shrubs 7.7 1.5

40. Solanum incanum Shrubs 11.5 1.3

41. Clerodendrum inerme Shrubs 15.4 8.0

42. Lantana camara Shrubs 23.0 8.6

43. Vitex negundo Shrubs 7.7 4.0

44. Hygrophila auriculata Herbs 17.3 3.5

45. Alternanthera bettzickiana Herbs 15.6 12.4

46. Amaranthus hybrdus Herbs 23.0 6.3

47. Amaranthus viridis Herbs 34.6 4.5

48. Celosia argentea var. argentea Herbs 61.5 3.4

49. Blumea mollis Herbs 11.5 3.2

50. Echinops echinatus Herbs 36.5 2.5

51. Tridax procumbens Herbs 19.2 3.4






# Species Habit Frequency (%) Abundance

52. Parthenium hysterophorus Herbs 51.9 3.3

53. Xanthium strumarium Herbs 36.5 2.8

54. Trichodesma indicum Herbs 36.5 3.8

55. Commelina benghalensis Herbs 25.0 3.2

56. Cressa cretica Herbs 30.8 1.8

57. Convolvulus arvensis Herbs 19.2 2.2

58. Cyperus sps Herbs 36.5 4.7

59. Fimbristylis sps Herbs 44.2 2.4

60. Euphorbia hirta Herbs 23.1 2.3

61. Hyptis suaveolens Herbs 9.6 6.2

62. Abutilon indicum Herbs 25.0 3.3

63. Malachra capitata Herbs 32.7 3.2

64. Urena lobata Herbs 9.6 2.8

65. Martynia annua Herbs 34.6 3.0

66. Alysicarpus vaginalis Herbs 23.1 2.5

67. Cacia tora Herbs 28.8 2.9

68. Crotalaria juncea Herbs 24.0 2.4

69. Indigofera sp Herbs 19.2 2.2

70. Tephrosia sps Herbs 71.3 2.1

71. Solanum surattense Herbs 1.9 1.5

72. Corchorus depressus Herbs 9.6 2.2

73. Fagonia cretica Herbs 23.0 1.5

74. Tribulus terrestris Herbs 3.8 2.5

3.13.8 Cultivated Plants in the study area

Most of the cultivable land was observed with crops like Tuver (Cajanus indica), Mung Viginia radiata var.

radiata, Math, Mattia (Vigna aconitifola) and Sugar cane, (Saccharum officinarum L), with a limited area with

Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) and Devalo (Ricinus communis. Tuver and Mug can be considered as major

crop of this locality, while considering the crop occupying the highest percentage of the sown area of this region

was taken as the major crop and all other possible alternative crops which are sown in this region either as

substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit in the rotation in the subsequent season,

are considered as minor crop.

3.13.8.1 Major crops:

Most of the cultivable land was observed with crops like Tuver (Cajanus indica), Mung (Viginia radiata var.

radiate), Math, Mattia (Vigna aconitifola).

3.13.8.2 Minor crops:

Chana (Cicer arietinum L), Sugar cane, (Saccharum officinarum L), Cotton Gossypium herbaceum), and

Devalo (Ricinus communis, can be considered as minor crop of this locality. The other minor crops of this

region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), mainly as fodder during the study period.

3.13.8.3 Horticulture practices and fruit grown:

Horticulture activity is not much developed in this region of Bharuch district.

3.13.9 Rare and Endangered flora in the study area

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and

animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies.

These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN

Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Among the

enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any threat category, by RED data book of Indian

Plants. (Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010, BSI, 2003).






Tuver (Cajanus indica), Sugar cane, (Saccharum officinarum

L), cultivation in adjacent fields.

Mung (Viga radiata var. Radiate) cultivated field.

Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides). Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum).

Tuver (Cajanus indica) major crop in this area. Chana (Cicer arietinum) as a minor crop.

Math, Mattia (Vigna aconitifola) as a dominant crop especially

near Rahad village.

Land prepared for crop.

3.13.10 Endemic Plants of the study area

De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit,

especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through

geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species, during the survey period, none

can be assigned the status of endemic plant of this region.






3.13.11 Status of Forest and their category in the study area

No natural forest land was observed in the study area except few scattered scrub cover in the barren lands and

area demarcated for grazing.

3.13.12 Faunal Biodiversity in the study area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians,

and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been conducted in December, 2015.

3.13.13 Birds of the study area

The most commonly spotted bird species of this area were; Cattle Egret, Little Egret, and Indian Roller.

Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in the Table 3-27.

Table 3- 27: Systematic list of birds in the study area with its residential status

Old Common Name New Common Name Scientific Name R-S

I ORDER: APODIFORMES

Family: Apodidae (swifts)

Common Swift Common Swift Apus apus R

II ORDER: FALCONIFORMES

Family: Accipitridae (vulture, Sparrow hawk, Eagle, Harrier, Kite and Vulture)

Shikra Shikra Accipiter badius R

Black-winged Kite Black-winged Kite Elanus caeruleus R

III. ORDER: : CICONIIFORMES

Family: Ardeidae (heron, Egret, Bittern)

Pond Heron Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii R

Cattle Egret Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis R

Median or Smaller Egret Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia

Egretta intermedia R

Little Egret Little Egret Egretta garzetta R

Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet )

Black-winged Stilt Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus R

Red-wattled Lapwing Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus R

Family: Pteroclidae (Sandgrouse)

Indian Sandgrouse Chestnut-bellied sandgrouse Pterocles exustus R

Family: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis)

Black Ibis Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa R

IV ORDER: COLUMBIFORMES

Family: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)

Blue Rock Pigeon Rock Pigeon Columba livia R

Ring Dove Eurasian Collared-Dove Streptopelia decaocto R

Rufous Turtle Dove Oriental Turtle-Dove Streptopelia orientalis R

V : ORDER: CORACIFORMES

Family: Dacelonidae (King fishers)







White breasted Kingfisher White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis R

Family: Coraciidae (Roller)

BlueJay or Roller Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis R

Family: Meropidae (Bee Eater)

Small green Bee eater Green Bee-eater Merops orientalis R

VI. ORDER: CUCULIFORMES

Family: Centropodidae (Cocucal)

Crow-Pheasant or Coucal Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis R

Family: Cuculidae (Cuckoo, Koel)

Koel Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea R

Indian Drongo Cuckoo Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus lugubris R

VII. ORDER: GALLIFORMES

Family: Phasianidae (Peafowl , Partridge, Quail, francolin, spur fowl, jungle fowl, Monal)

Common Peafowl Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus R

Family: Rallidae ( Waterhen, coot, crake water cock, Moorhen, Rail,)

White-breasted Water hen White-breasted Water hen Amaurornis phoenicurus R

VIII . ORDER: PASSERIFORMES

Family: Paridae (Tit )

Grey Tit Great Tit Parus major R

Family: Corvidae

Large Cuckoo-shrike Large Cuckoo-shrike Coracina macei

Coracina novaehollandiae R

Raven Common Raven Corvus corax R

House Crow House Crow Corvus splendens R

Tree Pie Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda R

Family: Laniidae (Shrike)

Rufous backed Shrike Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach R

Grey Shrike Northern Shrike Lanius excubitor R

Family: Muscicapidae (Short wing, Chat, Robin, Shama

Indian Robin Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata R

Pied Bushchat Pied Bush chat Saxicola caprata R

Family: Nectariniidae ( Sun Birds, Flower pecker, Spider hunter )

Purple Sunbird Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R

Small Sunbird Crimson-backed Sunbird Nectarinia minima R

Family: Passeridae (Avadavat, Pipit, Wagtail, Munia, Snow finch, sparrow, weaver ,Accentor)

House Sparrow House Sparrow Passer domesticus R

Grey Tit Great Tit Parus major R

Family: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul, )

Red-vented Bulbul Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R

Family: Sturnidae (Myna, Starling)







Bank Myna Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus R

Indian Myna Common Myna Acridotheres tristis R

Family: Sylviidae ( Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta ,Babbler, Laughing thrash, Tailor birds,

Common Babbler Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus R

Jungle Babbler Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus R

Tailorbird Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius R

IX. ORDER: PSITTACIFORMES

Family: Psittacidae (Parrot and Parakeet)

Rose-ringed Parakeet Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri R

Note: R = Widespread Resident, r= Very Local Resident, RW =Resident and winter visitor,

Ref. WCMC, Check list of Indian Birds

Kumar, A., J.P. Sati and P.C. Tak (2003): Checklist of Indian Water birds. BUCEROS 8 (1): 30 pp

3.13.14 Butterflies from the study area

Butterflies observed during the present study are documented in the Table 3-28

Table 3- 28: Butterflies in the study area

S.No. Scientific name & family Common name

1 Family Papilionidae

1/1 Papilio polytes Linnaeus Common Mormon

2 Family: Pieridae

2/1 Eurema hecabe Linnaeus Common Grass yellow

3/2 Catopsilia pomona Fabricius Common Emigrant

4/3 Catopsilia pyranthe Linnaeus Mottled Emigrant

5/4 Ixias mariane Cramer White orange tip

6/5 Ixias pyrene Linnaeus Yellow orange tip

2 Family: Nymphalidae

7/1 Danaus genutia Cramer Stripped Tiger

8/2 Hypolimanas misippus Linnaeus Danaid egg fly

9/3 Mycalesis perseus Fabricius Common bush brown

3.13.15 Herpetofauna

No amphibians sighted in the study area during the survey period. Reptiles document in the region is given in

the Table 3-29.

Table 3- 29: Reptiles in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name

1 Calotes versicolor (Daudin) Common garden lizard

2 Ptyas mucosus (Linn.) Common rat snake

3 Hemidactylus flaviviridis (Ruppell) House Gecko

4 Sitana ponticeriana ( Cuvier) Fan-Throated Lizard

5 Naja naja (Linn.) Indian Cobra

6 Daboia russelii ( Shaw and Nodder) Russell’s Viper

7 Bungarus caeruleus ( Schneider Common Indian Krait = Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction with them with pictorial

presentation.






3.13.16 Mammals

The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from study area is documented in the Table 3-30.

Table 3- 30: Mammals in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common Name

1 Mus booduga (Gray) Indian field mouse

2 Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy) Common Mongoose

3 Lepus sp. Hare

4 Funambulus pennanii ( Wroughton) Five striped Palm squirrel

5 Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas) Nilgai = Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers, during the interaction with them with pictorial

presentation.

3.13.17 Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area

3.13.17.1 As per IUCN RED (2010) list

The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and

animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies.

These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world.

With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of

biological diversity. No sighted fauna fall under any threat category of IUCN.

3.13.17.2 As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of

wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view

to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country.Some of the sighted fauna were given

protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act,1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the

birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972),

while many other birds are included in schedule IV.

Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common Rat Snake (Ptyas mucosus) were provided

protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972).Among mammals; Common Mongoose

(Herpestes edwardsi), is a schedule –II mammals. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is provided protection by

incorporating them in schedule–III, Hares and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild Life

Protection act 1972.

3.13.17.3 Conservation Measures for Peacock or Indian peafowl

Conservation Measures for Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) Schedule - I bird species: Peacock or

Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is the only fauna that falls under the scheduled-I category the wild Life

Protection Act 1972. The rest of the fauna reported from the study area, falls under either in schedule-II,

Schedule-III or Schedule-IV of the wild Life Protection Act 1972. Most of these species are not conservation

dependant in Gujarat, and they are proliferating itself in its own habitats. Hence conservation measures are not

provided for these animals.

Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a very familiar bird of Gujarat also recognized as National Bird

of India. The few population of this pheasant was reported from the some villages of the study area. The male

peacock is predominantly blue with a fan-like crest of spatula-tipped wire-like feathers and is best known for

the long train made up of elongated upper-tail; these stiff and elongated feathers are raised into a fan and

quivered in a display during courtship. The female lacks these feathers.






3.13.17.4 Description

The male, known as a peacock, is a large bird with a length from bill to tail of 100 to 115 cm (40 to 46 inches)

and to the end of a fully grown train as much as 195 to 225 cm (78 to 90 inches) and weigh 4–6 kg (8.8–

13.2 lbs). The females, or peahens, are smaller at around 95 cm (38 inches) in length and weigh 2.75–4 kg (6–

8.8 lbs). Indian Peafowl are among the largest and heaviest representatives of the Phasianidae family. Their

size, colour and shape of crest make them unmistakable within their native distribution range. The male is

metallic blue on the crown, the feathers of the head being short and curled. The fan-shaped crest on the head is

made of feathers with bare black shafts and tipped with bluish-green webbing. A white stripe above the eye and

a crescent shaped white patch below the eye are formed by bare white skin. The sides of the head have iridescent

greenish blue feathers. The back has scaly bronze-green feathers with black and copper markings. The scapular

and the wings are buff and barred in black, the primaries are chestnut and the secondaries are black. The tail is

dark brown and the "train" is made up of elongated upper tail coverts (more than 200 feathers, the actual tail

has only 20 feathers) and nearly all of these feathers end with an elaborate eye-spot. A few of the outer feathers

lack the spot and end in a crescent shaped black tip. The underside is dark glossy green shading into blackish

under the tail. The thighs are buff coloured. The male has a spur on the leg above the hind toe. Peacocks are

polygamous, and the breeding season is spread out but appears to be dependent on the rains. Several males may

congregate at a lek site and these males are often closely related. Males at lek appear to maintain small territories

next to each other and they allow females to visit them and make no attempt to guard harems. Females do not

appear to favour specific males.

Peafowl are omnivorous and eat seeds, insects, fruits, and reptiles. A large percentage of their food is made up

of the fallen berries .Around cultivated areas; peafowl feed on a wide range of crops such as groundnut, tomato,

paddy, etc. Around human habitations, they feed on a variety of food scraps. In the countryside, it is particularly

partial to crops and garden plants.

3.13.17.5 Habitat

The Indian Peafowl is found mainly on the ground in open scrub forest or on land under cultivation where they

forage for berries, grains but will also prey on snakes, lizards, and small rodents. Their loud calls make them

easy to detect, and in forest areas often indicate the presence of a predator such as a tiger. They forage on the

ground in small groups and will usually try to escape on foot through undergrowth and avoid flying, though

they will fly into tall trees to roost. The bird has a celebrated status in Indian mythology, and hence protected

culturally in India especially in Gujarat. The Indian Peafowl is listed as Least Concern by IUCN.

3.13.17.6 Status in the study area

No peacock was sighted at the projects site. All the direct sightings of the peacock were located near the

agriculture lands and near habitations. This species is well adapted to natural village environment setting. Day

time they temporarily move towards the surrounding agriculture areas for feeding while during night time they

roost on the trees present in the village and in the agriculture hedges.

3.13.17.7 Threats in the study area

No perceptible threats were identified in the villages surveyed. Village residents are against hunting or poaching

of the peafowl, due to culture and mythology reasons. Adult peafowl can usually escape ground predators by

flying into trees. Foraging in groups provides some safety as there are more eyes to look out for predators.

3.13.17.8 Conservation through habitat improvement and awareness

Habitat improvement programme will be undertaken through plantation of suitable tree species in the

surrounding villages. While selecting tree/shrub species care shall be provided for berry plants which attract

these birds. During summer period, villagers will be encouraged to use the old earthen pots to fill with water

for drinking these birds. Summer is the time when these birds are facing shortage of feeds, there by supplying

the feed like Bajri, Juwar, Maize to the identified villages will suffix the problem of food shortage. The

proponent can directly supply these feed to the villages directly or by funding to the NGOs active in this mission.

Recommended plants for green belt development details are given in Chapter-2, Section-2.10.






3.14 Socio-Economics

3.14.1 Objective

Details are collected through village visits and one on one interaction with the leaders of the villages. Main

objective of such interactions is to know their belief regarding the proposed project and also decide one clear

map of activities for ESC for the surrounding villages and cross verification of the village secondary data while

filling up QFS.

3.14.2 General Field Observation:

The site situated at plot 1, GIDC, Vilayat Industrial Estate, Vilayat-392012, Block: Vagra, Dist: Bharuch.

Being an Industrial estate Grasim Industries Ltd. Is cover with many other private Ltd.

Total 62 villages fall within the 10 km radius of project site; amongst them some of the villages have good

facilities like cattle breeding centre, common toilets, R.O plants, Green belt area etc.

The nearest village from the site is Vilayat village having a green belt of 6475 tress developed by Grasim

Industries Ltd

During the field observation of Grasim Industries Ltd., effective implementation of the CSR activities had

been observed in the area of building toilets, scholarship to the students, building R.O plants.

3.14.3 Field observation for Occupational Pattern in Surveyed Villages


Source: QFSIA Format filled through Villages visits

3.14.4 Social Education Amenities

Table 3- 32: Social Education Amenities

Area 1 to 5KM 5 to 10 KM 10 KM & Above

PS HS HSS C I PS HS HSS C I PS HS HSS C I

Ankot 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Aragama 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0

Bhersam 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0

Dayadra 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Derol 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Juned 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Sarnar 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Saladara 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

Vorasamni 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Vahalu 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1

Vilayat 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1

Primary School= P S/ High School=H S/ High Secondary school= H S S/ College= C/ ITI= I

Source: QFSIA Format filled through villages visits

S. No.

Sample Villages

Population

Cultivator/ Farmer

Agriculture Laborer

Casual Labor

Industrial Labor

Service Sector Petty Business Govt. Private

1 Ankot 704 50 40 20 150 03 10 04

2 Aragama 1021 10 40 300 200 05 50 07

3 Bhersam 1361 100 400 50 20 20 12 07

4 Dayadra 4257 300 400 300 200 10 100 30

5 Derol 2904 200 300 400 150 10 50 10

6 Juned 424 05 40 100 30 0 0 10

7 Sarnar 1124 200 70 200 15 0 20 01

8 Saladara 704 110 110 0 80 0 0 03

9 Vorasamni 2628 150 250 500 200 0 100 10

10 Vahalu 2105 70 40 400 200 0 50 05

11 Vilayat 2077 150 400 300 250 0 01 0






3.14.5 CSR initiatives taken in Villages for the education Amenities

Knowledge Program (Organizing science competitions& Mathematics Exhibition, Sports activities etc.)

Scholarship to ‘ BPL-Girl Students' for higher education

Stickers (Multicolor) with Slogan provided to Students.

Enrolment in Schools - KanyaKelavani

Notebooks Distributed to Primary School Students

Educational Tour – Improve Aptitude of General Knowledge

School Library – 12 no. (Reading Corners)

Provided various learning models & booklets at Anganwadi

Mobile toy van – To play different types of games

Recommended activities

Since only one ITI is available in sample villages, it is recommended to take it as priority intervention

programs, and provide technical knowledge to villagers their skill upgradation with the help of govt. projects

like “Skill India”.

Provide support to such primary school students who do not have facility for further education within

villages. by providing them with transportation facilities to commute to villages having High school and

high secondary school.

3.14.6 Health Facilities

Table 3- 33: Health Amenities

Area 1 to 5 km 5 to 10 km 10 km & Above

A SC PHC CHC PP A SC PHC CHC PP A SC PHC CHC PP

Ankot 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Aragama 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Bhersam 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Dayadra 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Derol 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Juned 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Sarnar 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Saladara 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Vorasamni 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Vahalu 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

Vilayat 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Aganwadi=A/ Sub-centre=SC/Primary Health Centre=PHC/CHC/Private practitioner=PP

Source: QFSIA Format filled through Villages visits.

3.14.7 CSR initiatives taken in to Villages for the Health Amenities

Malnutrition (Adopted Children Suffering from Malnutrition Provided Pediasure Vitamins Powder

provided children)

Blood Donation Camp

Adolescent Health Care - promoting use of sanitary Napkins

Eye Camp

Cataract Operations

Vaccinations drive (Polio, malaria, typhoid & hepatitis etc.)

"ADITYA BIRLA CLEANATHON BHARUCH 2015 “

Slogan Writing (Graffiti) for Awareness of Health/hygiene etc.

HIV- ADIS Awareness program







Provide Health check-up facility for those villages who do not have PHC and private practioner within

village.

Increase the participation of ASHA and local NGO for the effective implementation of health related

programs.

With the HIV –AIDS awareness programme, family planning should also be included

3.14.8 Villages infrastructure


Area 1 to 5KM 5 to 10 KM 10 KM & Above

PB PDS Bank ST

bus

SL PO PB PDS Bank ST

bus

SL PO PB PDS Bank ST

bus

SL PO

Ankot 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Aragama 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bhersam 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0

Dayadra 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Derol 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Juned 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sarnar 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

Saladara 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0

Vorasamni 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Vahalu 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0

Vilayat 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Panchayat Building=PB/ PDS=PD/ Bank=B /ST Bus service= ST/ Street Light=SL /Post office=PO


3.14.9 CSR initiatives taken in Villages for the improvement of Health Amenities

Separate toilets constructed for BPL families

Up gradation of School Building, Washing Platform (Women) etc.

Community R.O Plant : Drinking Water Facility No. of RO-4

Installed Drinking Water Hut at School

School Furniture: Green board, Ceiling fans, Computers, tables, wall cupboard etc.


Provide support in formation of agriculture credit societies in villages.

Establishment of SHG group in villages.

Provide support in upgradation of panchayat building, ST bus stand etc.

3.14.10 Summary of Social Amenities

Table 3- 35: Summary of Social Amenities


*Above table showing the accessibility of amenities in villages within 05 KM.

*In Vilayat village 1 indicating Availability and 0 Non-availability.

Area Education (%) Health Facilities (%) Village Infrastructure (%)

PS HS HSS C I A SC PHC CHC PP PB PDS Bank ST bus SL PO

Accessibility of

Amenities in Villages

Within 05 KM 100 90 72 0 9 100 0 81 0 72 72 100 81 81 81 100

Vilayat 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1






3.14.11 Field Observation through various Activities

Some of the common purposes of interaction with villages stake holders were to carry out comparative

study between secondary data of Villages, availability of amenities in villages, understand priority for CSR

activities.

The main purpose of interaction with the villagers was to get a comprehensive idea of the secondary data

of the villages and the available amenities in the village and decide the CSR activities accordingly.

Figure 3- 15: Site visit and detail discussion with CSR manager

(a) Proposed project site (b) Factory Main gate

(c) Power Plant Divsion (d) Company’s CSR Cell Office

Figure 3- 16: One to one interaction with Village stake holders

(a-1)Visit – Ankot village (a-2) Primary survey in Ankot village

(b-1) Juned village (b-2) Primary survey in Juned village






(c-1) Bhersam village (c-2) Primary survey in Bhersam village

(e)Primary survey in Saladra village (f) Primary survey in Vilayat village

Figure 3- 17: Need assessment through observing available amenities

(a) ITI Vagra (b) R.O Plant Vilayat

(c) Green belt developed by Grasim Ltd. in Vilayat.






3.14.12 Secondary Data

The industrial and infrastructure developmental activities in and around the agricultural areas, villages and

towns is bound to create its impacts on the socioeconomic aspects of thelocal demographic economic structure.

The impacts may be direct or indirect depending upon the developmental activity. So, it is necessary to study

the existing socioeconomic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making effort to further

improve the quality of life in the area of study.

This study has been taken up to visualize an impact on the socio-economic profile around proposed plant; the

required secondary data has been collected from District Census Handbook, Bharuch 2001 and Primary Census

Abstract of Gujarat State &Bharuch District 2011 and www.census 2011.co.in.

Socioeconomic Layout: A total of 62 villages fall fully or partially in Vagra (35.5%), and Bharuch taluka

(64.5%) in the radial distance of 10 km from the project site of M/s Grasim Industries Ltd. located in Vilayat

GIDC Estate, Taluka- Vagra, District- Bharuch. So macro level study has been carried out for Bharuch and

Vagra taluka. The administrative map showing the village boundaries has been prepared from Census 2001

maps. The village boundaries are provided in the Village maps as Figure 3-3.

3.14.13 Demography

The comparative demographic status of Gujarat state, and Bharuch district show that percentage increase of

population in Gujarat state is 19% while in Bharuch district is 13% from 2001 to 2011. However the decadal

population growth rate in the state of Gujarat, and Bharuch district having decreasing trend during 2001 to 2011.

On the contrary the population density showed an increasing trend between 2001 to 2011 for the state of Gujarat,

and Bharuch district. This shows an increasing trend for migratory population.

Table 3- 36: Comparative Demographic Information

S.

No Demographic Information

Gujarat State Bharuch

2001 2011 2001 2011

1 Total Population 50671017 60383628 1,370,656 1550822

2 Decadal Population Growth Rate 22.66 19.17 19.4 13.14

3 Density of population (Per Sq km) 258 308 210 238

4 Sex Ratio 920 918 921 924

5 Total Literacy Rate 69.14 66.39 74.4 83.0

6 Male Literacy Rate 79.66 79.45 83.0 88.8

7 Female Literacy Rate 57.8 52.57 65.1 76.79

The sex ratio in Gujarat state show decreasing trend while of Bharuch district it is vice versa during 2001 to

2011. The same trend is also true for total literacy rate for Gujarat state and Bharuch district. Further looking

sexwise, the male literacy rate in Gujarat state remained almost same while in Bharuch district it has incresing

trend during 2001 to 2011.However the vice versa trend is found for the female literacy for Gujarat while the

literacy rate among female show incresing trend for Bharuch district as indicated in Table 3-34. The population

in the Bharuch district is predominantly rural but in largely migratory.

Table 3- 37: Comparative Demographic Information at Macro level (2001)

Sr.

No.

Demographic Information (2001) State District Taluka Taluka

Gujarat Bharuch Vagra Bharuch

1 Total Area (in Sq. km) 196024 6527 883.4 644.4

2 Total Population 50671017 1,370,656 82,647 383,746

3 Decadal Population Growth Rate (1991-2001) Total 22.7 19.4 20.0 19.87

3a Males 23.6 19.6 20.8 19.2

3b Females 21.7 19.1 19.0 18.9

4 Density of population (Per Sq. km) 258 210 94 596

5 Sex Ratio (Females per 000' males) Total 920 921 913 937

5a Rural 945 925 913 944

http://www.census/






Sr.

No.

Demographic Information (2001) State District Taluka Taluka

Gujarat Bharuch Vagra Bharuch

5b Urban 880 907 0.0 930

5 Proportion of Urban Population 37.4 25.7 0.0 48.7

6 Proportion of Scheduled caste 7.1 4.5 5.4 5.7

7 Proportion of Scheduled tribes 14.8 32.4 25.7 18.7

8 Proportion Literate 69.1 74.4 72.8 82.6

9 Work Participation rate (Main + Marginal Workers) 41.9 41.6 42.7 34.7

The area of Bharuch district is 3.4% of Gujarat state. However the area talukas are much smaller when

compared with Gujarat state. The population of Bharuch district is 2.7% when compared to the total

population of the Gujarat state. While the population of Vagra taluka (6%) is much less in comparision with

Bharuch taluka (28%) in Bharuch district. The decadal population growth rate is highest in the state if Gujarat

when compared with Bharuch district and Vagra and Bharuch taluka. However the decadal population

growth rate is same for bharuch district and taluka during 1991-2001.

A similar type of trend for the total decadal population is observed in both in males and females population.

The population density is highest in Bharuch taluka as the in migration in the district is found prevalent due

to industrilization. Overall the population density of Bharuch taluka is more when compared with the state

of Gujarat and Bharuch district (including Vagra taluka). Similar trend is also found true for total sex ratio

when compared to state of Gujarat and Bharuch district (including Vagra taluka).

The proportion of Scheduled Tribes is higher in Bharuch district when compared with the state of Gujarat.

While among talukas the proportion of ST is more prevalent in Vagra taluka as compared to Bharuch taluka

as population in Vagra taluka is predominantly with ST. While overall the proportion of SC in Bharuch

district is less compared to the state of Gujarat while among talukas the proportion remained same.

It is astonishing to note that the proportion of literate population is highest in Bharuch taluka when compared

with the state of Gujarat, native Bharuch district and Vagra taluka as indicated in Table 3-35. The

summarized details of the variation of the Bharuch districts (includes Bharuch and Vagra taluka) and state

of Gujarat are indicated in Figure 3-18 (a&b).

Figure 3- 18:(a) Comparative Demographic Status of Bharuch district

22.7

37.4

7.1

14.8

69.1

41.9

19.4

25.7

4.5

32.4

74.4

41.6

20

0

5.4

25.7

72.8

42.7

19.87

48.7

5.7

18.7

82.6

34.7

0 20 40 60 80 100

DECADAL POPULATION GROWTH RATE (1991-2001) TOTAL

PROPORTION OF URBAN POPULATION

PROPORTION OF SCHEDULED CASTE

PROPORTION OF SCHEDULED TRIBES

PROPORTION LITERATE

WORK PARTICIPATION RATE (MAIN + MARGINAL WORKERS)

Percentage

Taluka Bharuch Taluka Vagra

District Bharuch State Gujarat






Figure 3-18:(b) Comparative Status of Sex Ratio & Population Density in Bharuch district

At micro level, the demographic analysis between the total villages coming in 10 km radius from the project site

and Vilayat village where the project unit is located shows that the sex ratio for the total population and 0-6

(years age) population is more skewed towards total female population. It is astonishing to note that sex ratio of

females is far better in Scheduled Castes community as it is very high in Vilayat village. While the sex ratio of

Scheduled Tribes and among literate population is more skewed to males in Vilayat village compared to total

village in 10 km as shown in Figure 3-19(a).

Figure 3- 19:(a) Comparative Analysis of Sex Ratio at Micro Level

Further at micro level it was found that the proportion of total males population is higher among literate

population, and ST population, in Vilayat village compared to total villages with in 10 km radial area and vice

258

920

945

880

210

921

925

907

94

913

913

0

596

937

944

930

0 500 1000

DENSITY OF POPULATION (PER SQ. KM)

TOTAL SEX RATIO (FEMALES PER 000' MALES) TOTAL

RURAL SEX RATIO (FEMALES PER 000' MALES)

URBAN SEX RATIO (FEMALES PER 000' MALES)

Taluka Bharuch Taluka Vagra District Bharuch State Gujarat

982

976

1159

877

672

962

932

971

944

784

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

SEX RATIO FOR TOTAL POPULATION

SEX RATIO FOR 0-6 POPULATION

SEX RATIO FOR SC POPULATION

SEX RATIO FOR ST POPULATION

SEX RATIO OF LITERATE POPULATION

Females 'per 1000 malesVillage in 10 km Vilyat Village






versa is found for the females population. However the proportion of total males and females are equal in Vilayat

village and to total villages with in 10 km radial distance from the project site. While the proportion of females

literate population, 0-6 (years age) population and among SC population is more among the villages in the radial

distance of 10 km form the project site as shown in Figure 3-19(b) ie, less in Vilayat village compared to total

villages in 10 km. The demographic details for the villages/town/city in the 10 km radius could be seen in Table

– 1, 2 & Table - 3 of Annexure 3-10.

Figure 3-19:(b) Comparitive Analysis of Demographic varibales at Micro Level

3.14.14 Economic Status and Occupational Pattern

The economic status of a person has been broadly classified in to 3 categories (i) Main workers (ii)

Marginal workers (iii) Non-workers. Main workers are theworkers who work for a major part of the year

i.e more than 6 months in one or more than one activity.

A marginal worker is a worker who works for a period less than 6 months in one or more than one

activity.

A non worker is a worker who has no economic activity. Details of the economic status for study region

are given in Table 3-38 the occupational pattern of workers in the study region is given in Table 3-39.

50.5

49.5

50.6

49.4

53.3

46.7

46.3

53.7

59.8

40.2

51.0

49.0

51.8

48.2

51.4

48.6

50.7

49.3

56.1

43.9

0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0

PROPORTION OF TOTAL MALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF TOTAL FEMALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF 0-6 MALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF 0-6 FEMALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF ST MALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF ST FEMALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF SC MALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF SC FEMALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF LITERATE MALE POPULATION

PROPORTION OF LITERATE FEMALE POPULATION

PercentVillage in 10 km Vilyat Village






Table 3- 38: Percentage of main workers, marginal workers and non- workers for rural population

Type of Area % of Worker

Population from

Total Population

% of Main

Worker

Population from

Total Worker

Population

% of Marginal

Worker

Population from

Total Worker

Population

% of Non-Worker

Population from

Total Population

Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female

Bharuch District 41.6 56.6 25.4 34.3 52.5 14.5 7.4 4.1 11 58.4 43.4 74.6

VagraTaluka 42.7 58.9 24.9 34.1 54.3 12 8.6 4.6 12.8 57.3 41.1 74.6

Bharuch Taluka 34.7 53.2 14.9 31.3 50.5 10.8 3.4 2.7 4.1 65.3 46.8 85.1

Total Villages in

10 Km 37.3 53.6 20.3 69.0 26.1 58.4 11.9 5.9 28.3 62.7 46.4 79.7

Vilayat Village 33.2 56.5 9.4 98.7 98.6 99.0 1.3 1.4 1.0 66.8 43.5 90.6

The above analysis show that proportion of workers population to total population is highest in Vagra taluka and

lowest in Vilayat villages where plant is located shows that there are other type of industries in Vagra taluka where

worker population is more. However the proportion of main workers is highest in Vilayat villages when compared

to total village in 10 km range from the project site, Vagra and Bharuch taluka and district and also with the state

of Gujarat. While vice versa trend is observed for the marginal workers. The proportion of non workers in Vilayat

village is also very high compared to the rest to the talukas, native districts and state of Gujarat. This suggests that

industrial workers are migrated in the Vilayat villages as indicated in Table 3-39.


Type of

Area

No.

of

Villages

(Average)

Cultivator

(Average)

Agriculture Laborers

(Average)

Manufacturing

processing, servicing

repairs in household

industry

(Average)

Other workers

T M F T M F T M F T M F

Bharuch

District 6578

88406

(13)

71581

(11)

16825

(3)

225637

(34)

121036

(18)

104601

(16)

8579

(1)

6253

(1)

2326

(0.5)

248071

(38)

204787

(31)

43284

(7)

Vagra

Taluka 67

8939

(133)

7010

(105)

1929

(29)

13801

(206)

7873

(118)

5928

(88)

328

(5)

264

(4)

64

(1)

12201

(182)

10308

(154)

1893

(28)

Bharuch

Taluka 93

11281

(121)

9913

(107)

1368

(15)

33109

(356)

19030

(205)

14079

(151)

2893

(31)

2225

(24)

668

(7)

85723

(922)

74200

(798)

11523

(124)

Total

Villages in

10 Km

62 6403

(103)

6038

(97)

365

(6)

16145

(260)

10128

(163)

6017

(97)

575

(9)

496

(8)

79

(1)

13118

(212)

11711

(189)

1407

(23)

Vilayat

Village 1 149 147 2 412 324 88 5 5 0 114 108 6

Note: T = Total, M = Male, F = Female; AVERAGE worker for each category in villages is calculated by dividing workers

from number of villages

(Source: Bharuch District Census Book 2001)

The above table shows that the proportion of average cultivator is highest in Villyat village compared to total

villages coming in the radius of 10 km, Bharuch and Vagra taluka and also native Bharuch district. And similar

trend is also found trye for average agricultural labours. While among average household industries, it is highest

in native Bharuch taluka; while in Vagra and Vilayat village it is same and lowest in native Bharuch district. The






proportion of other workers is highest in Bharuch taluka shows lot of industrilization as could be seen in Table

3-39.

3.14.15 Social Economics Amenities

Though the concerend talukas are predomintaly rural, the basic parameters like education, water, medicine, post

and telegraph communication road development and power supply are readily available which decide the

measure of this development as indicated in Table 3-40. Educational facilities are available to almost 99.5% of

the population and the literacy rate is above 82.6% in Vagra taluka. All the villages have a minimum of one

primary school. Higher secondary education is available with 10 km of any village.

Table 3- 40: Distribution of village according to the availability of different amenities

Area No. of

Inhabited

Villages

No. (with percentage) of villages having one or more of the

following amenities

Education Medical Drinking

water

Post and

Telegraph

Telephone

1 2 3 4 5 6

Bharuch District 6578 99.7 79.3 97.9 83.8 86.4

VagraTaluka 67 99.5 100 89.7 83.1 81.6

Bharuch Taluka 93 100 92.6 100 94.1 99.6

Total Villages in 10 Km 62 100 92.8 100 92.8 100

Vilayat Village 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

(Source: Bharuch District Census Book 2001)

(Conti …….) Distribution of village according to the availability of different amenities

Area No. (with percentage) of villages having one or more of the following

amenities

Transport Banks Agriculture

Credit Societies

Pucca

Approach

Road

Power

Supply Communication

7 8 9 10 11

Bharuch District 95.7 28.2 70.3 97 100

VagraTaluka 100 25.8 92.1 99.5 99.5

Bharuch Taluka 100 45.5 83 99.3 100

Total Villages in 10 KM 100 14.3 85.7 100 100

Vilayat Village Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

However the situation remains same for the development aspects when compared with the total 62 villages that

fall in the radius of 10 km from the Vilayat village. This suggests that socio-economic conditions is better in

‘Vagara taluka. The villageswise amenties details in the 10 km radius could be seen in Table 3-40.




Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation

Measures


Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts

and Mitigation Measures

4.1 Impact Identification

Identification of significant environmental impact is essential in the preparation of EIA report, an attempt has

been made here through the use of "Activity Effect" matrix and “Delphi Technique”.

4.2 Identification Matrix

Impact Identification Matrix is given in the Table 4-1 and Table 4-2. Various activities belonging to

industrial project have been grouped and arranged in rows. The environmental factors, which are being

potentially impacted, have been arranged in columns. A preliminary scrutiny has been done and the cells,

which fall at the junction of the "Activity" and "Factor" that have possible interaction with each other, have

been crossed.The Matrix, thus, establishes the possible "cause-effect" relationship and identifies the

environmental factors being impacted and activities responsible for the same. Operational phase is important

as it generates long-term impact as the production starts.This phase includes following activities:

Raw Material Storage

Product Manufacturing

Product Storage

Transportation

Gaseous emission

Occasional equipment failure

Employment

Table 4- 1: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during construction phase)

Parameter

Activity

Air Water Noise Soil Flora Fauna Socio

Economic

Health &

Safety

Site cleaning √ - √ √ √ √ - √

Excavation √ - √ √ √ √ - √

Construction √ √ √ √ √ √ - √

Installation of equipments √ - √ - - - - √

Transportation √ - √ √ √ √ - √

Material handling √ - - - - - - √

Employment - - - - - - √ √

Greenbelt development √ √ √ √ √ √ - √

Table 4- 2: Prediction of impacts “cause-effect” relationship (during operation phase)

Parameter

Activity

Air Water Noise Soil Flora Fauna Socio

Economic

Health &

Safety

Raw material storage & handling √ - √ - - - - √

Production √ - √ - - - - √

Product storage and handling - - √ - - - - √

Transportation √ - √ √ √ √ - √

Gaseous emission √ - √ √ √ √ - √

Solid waste generation - √ - √ - - - √

Employment - - - - - - √ √

Infrastructure development - - - - - - - √

Greenbelt development √ √ √ √ √ √ - √

4.3 Impact Identification - Component Interation Technique

Potential impact assessment scenario without control measures of proposed proposed activities carried out by

using component interation technique, sourced out from EIA – A practical guide by AKA Rathi. Detailed

matrix of potential impact without control measures are presented under Table 4-3 and Table 4-4.





Measures


Table 4- 3: Potential impact matrix for thermal power plant (during construction phase) P

roje

ct

Ph

ase

Effects

Activity

Environmental Attributes

Physical Biological Social

Air

Qu

ali

ty-P

M

Air

Qu

ali

ty-G

ase

ou

s

No

ise

Od

ou

r

Tra

ffic

Wa

ter-

Res

ou

rces

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty

So

il

Dra

ina

ge

Pa

tter

n

La

nd

Use

In

Co

re Z

on

e

La

nd

Use

In

Bu

ffer

Zo

ne

La

nd

sca

pe/

Aes

thet

ic

Ag

ricu

ltu

re

Pa

stu

re

Wet

lan

ds

Eco

logy

- F

lora

Eco

logy

-Fa

un

a,

Avif

au

na

Aq

ua

tic/

Ma

rin

e E

cosy

stem

So

cio

-Eco

nom

ic

Dis

pla

cem

ent

Liv

elih

oo

d

Hea

lth

Nu

isa

nce

Infr

ast

ruct

ura

l

Dev

elo

pm

ent

So

cia

l D

evel

op

men

t

Em

plo

ym

ent

Lo

cal

Eco

nom

y

Cu

ltu

ral

Ma

teri

al

Ass

ets

Ris

k

Occ

up

ati

on

Hea

lth

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) (u) (v) (w) (x) (y) (z) (aa) (bb) (cc) (dd) (ee)

Pre

-

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Land acquisition

Construction material sourcing (offsite)

Co

nst

ruct

ion

Ph

ase

Site development

Site clearance

Transportation

Construction power

Construction water

Labor camp

Excavation

Roads

Foundations

Pilling

Building / structures

Waste disposal of:

Excavated materials

Other waste

Wastewater disposal

Green belt development

Cables, piping laying

Equipment transportation

Equipment installation





Measures


Table 4- 4: Potential impact matrix for thermal power plant (during operation phase) P

roje

ct

Ph

ase

Effects

Activity

Environmental Attributes

Physical Biological Social

Air

Qu

ali

ty-P

M

Air

Qu

ali

ty-G

ase

ou

s

No

ise

Od

ou

r

Tra

ffic

Wa

ter-

Res

ou

rces

Wa

ter

Qu

ali

ty

So

il

Dra

ina

ge

Pa

tter

n

La

nd

Use

In

Co

re Z

on

e

La

nd

Use

In

Bu

ffer

Zo

ne

La

nd

sca

pe/

Aes

thet

ic

Ag

ricu

ltu

re

Pa

stu

re

Wet

lan

ds

Eco

logy

- F

lora

Eco

logy

-Fa

un

a,

Avif

au

na

Aq

ua

tic/

Ma

rin

e E

cosy

stem

So

cio

-Eco

nom

ic

Dis

pla

cem

ent

Liv

elih

oo

d

Hea

lth

Nu

isa

nce

Infr

ast

ruct

ura

l

Dev

elo

pm

ent

So

cia

l D

evel

op

men

t

Em

plo

ym

ent

Lo

cal

Eco

nom

y

Cu

ltu

ral

Ma

teri

al

Ass

ets

Ris

k

Occ

up

ati

on

Hea

lth

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k) (l) (m) (n) (o) (p) (q) (r) (s) (t) (u) (v) (w) (x) (y) (z) (aa) (bb) (cc) (dd) (ee)

Op

era

tio

n P

ha

se

Coal handling storage

Coal pulverization

Fuel combustion

Fly ash handling, storage and disposal

Bottom ash handling, storage and disposal

Water sourcing storage and distribution

Demineralization (DM) water plant

Cooling tower

Power generation

Wastewater disposal

Township wastewater disposal

Township waste disposal

Maintenance

Steam venting

Soot blowing

Transportation

Power Transmission

Green belt development

Greening project premises

Rainwater harvesting

Induced development

Social infrastructure

Po

st O

per

ati

on

/

Deco

mm

issi

on

ing

Dismantling infrastructure

Transportation

Site restoration





Measures


4.4 Impact Identification by Integration

Scenario of the potential impact assessment of proposed proposal also carried out by using another accredited

practice/technique. Details are as described under:

Technique: For sitting of an activity, “Delphi Technique” is advised by MoEF. The Government of India has

recommended this technique in the book on siting of Hazardous Waste Disposal Areas, prepared by

NEERI, Nagpur and published by the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) in 1991.

The same is proposed to be used with due improvisation, mutatis mutandis, covering other media of

environment.

1. (i) The Delphi Technique considers the following 34 attributes and four weight-ages i.e.:

7 attributes, receptor related

10 attributes, pathway related

8 attributes, pollutant related

9 attributes, waste management related.

. (ii) The Modified Technique used here considers 23 attributes and five weight-ages i.e.:

7 attributes, receptor related

5 attributes, pathway related

5 attributes, water pollution & waste management related

4 attributes, air pollution and waste management related

2 attributes, solid waste management related

2. Four types of marks for each attribute like 0 to 0.25, 0.25 to 0.5, 0.5 to 0.75 and 0.75 to 1.0

depending on facts of situations, chemical properties of pollutants and quantification are considered.

These marks are known as Sensitivity Index (SI).

3. Combined consideration of (1) and (2) together gives attribute-wise weightages. These are the negative

marks out of 1000 and ranking of candidate sites is based on comparison of these marks. The

attribute measurements or values or descriptions are known as the team has traversed the area. The

sensitivity index is awarded based on attribute properties.

Integration consideration is:

Score 750 to 1000 = Pollution Potential Very High

Score 600 to 750 = Pollution Potential High

Score 450 to 600 = Pollution Potential Moderate

Score 300 to 450 = Pollution Potential Low

Score Below 300 = Pollution Potential Very Low

The attribute wise score is arrived at by multiplying the sensitivity index and the weight-age of each

attribute and is given in Table 4-5.





Measures


Table 4- 5: Sensitivity index

Attribute Sensitivity Index

0.0 - 0.25 0.25 - 0.5 0.5 - 0.75 0.75 - 1.0

Receptor Related

Population within 500 meters 0 to 100 100 to 250 250 to 1000 > 1000

Distance to nearest drinking water well > 5000 m 2500 to 5000 m 1000 to 2500 m < 1000 m

Use of site by nearby residents No used Occasional Moderate Regular

Distance to nearest off site building > 3000 m 1500 to 3000 m 500 to 1500 m < 500 m

Presence of major transportation routes Airport Internal road Highway Rail

Land use/ Zoning Completely remote (Zoning not

applicable)

Agricultural

Commercial or industrial Residential

Critical environments Not a critical environmental

element

Pristine natural areas Wetlands, flood plains, &

preserved areas

Major habitat or endangered or

threatened species

Pathway Related

Distance to nearest surface water > 8000 m 1500 to 8000 m 500 to 1500 m < 500 m

Ground water depth > 30 m 15 to 30 m 5 to 15 m < 5 m

Type of contamination No contamination Soil contamination only Biota contamination Air, water or food

contamination

Precipitation effectiveness index Semi arid Semi humid Humid Wet

Susceptibility to erosion & run-off problem 0 - 0.25 not susceptible 0.25 - 0.50 Potential 0.50 - 0.75 Moderate 0.75 – 1 Severe

Waste Related

Water

BOD generation level < 250 mg/l 250- 500 mg/l 500- 1000 mg/l Above 1000

Treatability COD-BOD < 2.5 2.5 – 3.5 3.5 - 5 Above 5

Treatment Tertiary Secondary Primary no

Disposal Land assured & crop perennial Land seasonal Stream up to 5km Riparian

pH 6 - 8 5- 6 or 8 - 9 3 - 5 or 9-11 <3 or >11

Air

Industrial mix Fuel Electricity Oil Bagasse Coal

Control equipment All including ESP or wet

scrubber

Bag filter Cyclone, Fly ash arrestor None though required

Stacks heights As per Act 30 < 30 None though required

Noise at boundary upto 55 dB(A) 55 to 70 dB(A) 70 to 85 dB(A) Above 85dB(A)

Solid Waste

Industrial mix (waste type) None Nonhazardous Hazardous & Non-hazardous Hazardous

Facilities /Treatment -Non hazardous Recycle/sale Secured landfill Low landfill None though required

Hazardous Recycle/ Incinerator Secured landfill Sanitary landfill None though required





Measures


And now attribute ranking based on calculation of site sensitivity index (SSI) for proposed project is presented in Table 4-6.

Table 4- 6: Attribute ranking

Attribute Attribute Measurement Sensitivity Index Weightage Attribute Score

Receptor Related

Population within 500 meters 1000 0.75 80 60.0

Distance to nearest drinking water well, meter 1500 0.75 60 45.0

Use of site by nearby residents No 0.0 50 0.0

Distance to nearest off site building 500 m 1.0 40 40.0

Land use/ Zoning Industrial 0.75 30 22.5

Presence of transportation routes Road Highway 0.75 30 22.5

Critical environments No 0.25 30 7.5

Sub- total (a) 320 197.5

Pathway Related

Distance to nearest surface water 1.5 km 0.75 55 41.2

Depth of ground water 15 to 30 m 0.50 45 22.5

Type of contamination No contamination 0.0 45 0.0

Precipitation effectiveness index Semi Arid/ Arid 0.25 25 6.25

Susceptibility to erosion and run off problems Not susceptible 0.25 25 6.25

Sub- total (b) 195 76.2

Waste Related

Water

BOD, mg/l <250 mg/l 0.25 40 10.0

pH 6 - 8 0.25 20 5.0

Treatability (COD:BOD) <2.5 0.25 40 10.0

Treatment ETP (Physicochemical & biological) 0.75 50 37.5

Disposals To GIDC drain 0.25 50 12.5

Air

Industrial mix (Fuel) Coal 1.0 70 70.0

Control equipment All including ESP or wet scrubber 0.25 50 12.5

Stacks 125 m 0.75 50 37.5

Noise at boundary 55-70 dB(A) 0.50 30 15.0

Solid Waste

Mix Non-Hazardous and Hazardous waste 0.75 45 33.8

Facilities Recycle and HW disposal as per GPCB Norms 0.50 40 20.0

Sub- Total (c) 485 263.8

TOTAL (a+b+c) 537

Since with the methodical working of sensitivity index and weight-ages, the total score of pollution potential has come to 537 hence the site fits into “Moderate

Pollution Potential” category.





Measures


4.5 Impact Evaluation Using Leopod Matrix

Ecah action and its potential in creating impact is expressed in terms of its magnitude and importance

Magnitude of an interaction is its extensity or scale

Scale of “magnitude” ranges from 1 to 5; with 5 representing the largest magnitude and 1 the smallest

and value 3 near reperesenting impacts of intermediates extensity

Assignment of a numerical value for “magnitude” of an interaction is based on objective evaluation

off acts related to anticipated impacts.

Importance of an interaction is related to its significance, or an assessment of probable consequences

of anticipated impact.

Scale of “importance” ranges from 1 to 10; with 10 representing a very important interaction and 1 of

relatively low.

Assignment of numerical importance value for “importance” is based on subjective judgment.

Summation of number of rows and columns multiplied with importance factor offers insight into

impact assessment.

Impact scales are used to describe probability of occurrence of an impact, ranging from low to

intermediate to high probability.

Higher values of impact scale are associated with irreversible impacts while lower values refer

potential reversibility associated with beneficial (+) or detrimental (-) impacts.

Impact score or “magnitude” ranges from 0 to 5 with positive and negative values, depending upon

impacts arising out of project activity.

Score of each of the component is to be multiplied by “importance factor” and total score is obtained

by summation of products.

Severitycriteriaof magnitude of impact is given in Table 4-7.

Score rangesof impact evaluation based on matrix score is given in Table 4-8.

Table 4- 7: Severity criteria for magnitude of impacts

S.

No.

Category Description of Category Impacts

Adverse Benefecial

1. No Impact 0 0

2. No appreceiable impact Short term, reversible -1 1

3. Significant impact Long term, reversible -2 2

4. Major impact Irreversible but of lesser extent -3 3

5. High Impact Irreversible but of medium extent -4 4

6. Permanent impact Severe irreversible impact -5 5

Table 4- 8: Score ranges for benefecials and adverse impacts

S.No. Category Description of Category

1. +ve / -ve Benefecial impact / adverse impact

2. 0-300 No apreceiable beneficial impact/ adverse impact

3. 300-600 Appreceiable but reversible adverse impact.Mitigation measures are needed

4. 600-900 Significant adverse impacts; most of the impact are reversible. Mitigation

measures are needed.

5. 900-1200 Major advese impacts; most of the impacts are reversible. Alternative site

selection to be considered

6. >1200 Permanant irreversible adverse; alternatives to the project need to be explored

Detailed impact evaluation matrix for powerplant project construction phase and operation phase

given in Table 4-9 and Table 4-10.

Total score of impact evaluation matrix is calculated for pre-construction and construction phase as

–321 and total score of impact evaluation matrix is calculated for operation phase /decommissioning

phase as –523; It signifies that there will be appreciable but reversible adverse impact on the

environment due to the proposed project and mitigation measures are needed during construction

phase as well as during operation phase.





Measures


Table 4- 9: Impact evaluation matrix for thermal power plant (during construction phase)





Measures


Table 4- 10: Impact evaluation matrix for thermal power plant (during operation phase)





Measures


4.6 Suggestive Preventive Control /Mitigation Measures based on significant

Environmental Impact

The significance of impact assessment of proposed project activity taking in consideration of existing

baseline environmental status around project site and pollution potential of proposed activity with

Suggestive Preventive/ mitigation measures for various major environmental components are described

under:

4.6.1 Land Environment

Table 4- 11: Impact and mitigation measures on land environment

Activity Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures To Be Taken

Construction Phase

Construction activity

of the site:

Excavation for

foundation, clearing,

leveling the sites and

vehicular movements

Flying Dust and Construction

Debris only within the premises. Sprinkling of water during summer

season - Cover the waste layer with

fresh soil and compact it.

Proper sprinkling system is to be

adopted to reduce the amount of flying

dust.

Excavated earth shall be stored in

stockpiles and covered with plastic/

tarpaulin sheets and reused for

landscape development along the

corridor and for use in green belt.

Transportation and

handling of

construction and

other raw material

Change in soil structure and

texture due to spillage & leakage

of fuel if any.

Proper care should be taken during

transportation and trucks should be

covered

Disposal of sewage &

garbage generated

during the

construction works

from domestic

activities of

engineers, official &

workers

Contamination of land may

occur due to the disposal of

untreated sewage and domestic

waste

Provide proper sanitation facilities for

the staff engaged in construction work.

The sewage will be disposed off

through the existing STP. The

construction waste shall be disposed off

through Municipal Corporation

Traffic Handling The vehicular traffic of trucks

will increase by 10-20 during the

construction phase. Trucks,

tankers and other vehicles may

cause additional air pollution.

This will be temporary and restricted to

construction phase only. However

proper traffic management will be

followed as per the specified norms.

Operation Phase

Transportation,

Storage and Handling

of other Raw Material

and Hazardous Waste



of fuel. The contamination of

groundwater may occur

There is a river channel just on

the south of the industrial estate

and within 200 m Euclidean

distance or around 700 m

through road. There are chances

of it getting polluted during the

transportation or any kind of

During transportation of coal ensure

that all trucks before leaving the storage

yard shall be showered with water with

adequate system, Shall be covered with

tarpaulin or any other effective

measure/device completely and also

that trucks are not overloaded as well as

there is no spillage during

transportation

The top of the vehicle should be

covered with fixed cover instead of

tarpaulin cover to avoid spillage or

dusting of coal.





Measures



accident

Change in landuse if hazardous

and solid waste will not be

stored/ treated and disposed

properly.

No new road will be constructed

for the transportation of raw

material since existing facility

will be used and no ground water

abstraction since the water is

supplied from GIDC.

Construction of metal road & RCC

Pucca flooring in the plot area/ godown

to prevent seepage

Regular water sprinkling should be

carried out in coal handling area

Proper drainage system should be

provided in all coal storage area so that

water drained from sprinkling & runoff

is collected at a common tank

Fly ash should be collected silos, no

ash pond will be constructed

The containers / dumpers carryimg will

be marked with the name of TSDF

where it is to be sent, contact details

and the other details required as per

Hazardous Waste and Other Rules

2016.

Battery and E-Waste should be

disposed as per Battery and e-waste

rules.

Traffic Management Trucks, tankers and other

vehicles may cause traffic jam

outside and within the premises

and cause air pollution.

Traffic survey has been carried out and

it has been observed that Level of

Service is A (Excellent) even after

proposed expansion, Detail traffic

study attached as Annexure-2.1.

Therefore no additional roads will

required to be constructed therefore

there will not be any change in landuse

of the study area

However, Separate entry and exist gate

shall be provided and trained security

guards shall be deployed to ensure

proper management and movement of

vehicles within premises.

Internal RCC road along with

signboard of traffic sign will be

provided.

Traffic rules and discipline shall be

strictly implemented.

Internal road of minimum 6 m wide

shall be provided for uninterrupted

movement of fire tender.

Speed break bumper shall be provided

on internal road at regular interval to

avoid over speed.

No vehicles will stop near Weight

Bridge, wheel washing area after

completion of activities.

To prevent Road accident following

precautions to be taken :

Transportation of waste/raw

materials/ products by only

authorized vehicles

Regular training to drivers





Measures



Organize awareness program

Implementation of MSDS and

TREM card

Changes in the

Landuse due to

Increase of the human

resources

Approx. 50 nos. of local people

will be employed for proposed

expansions

The local people employed for

proposed expansions have their own

housing facility; therefore, there will

not be any resettlement and

rehabilitation (since the expansion will

be carried out within the existing

premises) of habitations or migration

which can change the landuse pattern

of the study area.

Air pollution and

Aesthetics within the

premises.

Considering the worst case

scenario of GLCs of pollutants

(Without Air Pollution Control

Measures) for PM (max. 816

ug/m3), SO2 (max. 102 ug/m3),

same exported on Google to

identify the sensitive receptors

having concentrations of

pollutants above threshold limits

of NAAQ and to identify the

effect of landuse of the study

area of 10 km .

The probable impacts due to

these pollutants Permanent land

use will change if adequate

APCM not provide such as soil

degradation, start sedimentation

of surface water

The impact of landuse land cover

without Air Pollution Control

measures is depicted in Figure

4-1 to Figure 4-3 and presented

in Table 4-13 to Table 4-15.

Within Premises: Industry will develop

a 33 % of greenbelt out of the plot area

Approx. 7000 nos. of trees proposed to

be planted by the end 2022.

The recommended plant species also

consist of fruiting trees, ornamental

flowering plants etc.; which not only

attract the birds to proliferate but also

improve the site aesthetics as well as

control soil erosion. This will turn into

permanent land use change.

ESP and bag filters should be provided

with online monitoring facility

(CEMS)

Considering the worst case scenario. In

case SPM increases beyond

permissible limits, at first, the standby

field is to be taken in line. Even after

that, if unable to control SPM emission

level, Boiler is to be turned down at

minimum load, otherwise Boiler to be

stopped & ESP is to be attended.

Hazard and Risk

Scenarios

Scenario 1: Pool Fire

Simulations for Drum Storage

Area.

In the 4.7 meter radius area is

considered as 100 % fatality in 1

min. and first degree burn in 10

sec.

In the 8.1 meter radius first

degree burn in 10 sec.

In the 14.2 meter radius area will

give pain after 20 seconds.

Blistering unlikely.


considered as safe area and no

discomfiture even on long

exposure.

From the Risk Analysis studies

conducted, it is observed that by and

large, the risks will be confined within

the factory boundary walls in case of

fire & explosion, it will create on site

emergency situations for which it will

require more attention and emergency

preparedness to combat such situation.

To minimize the consequential effects

of the risk scenarios, following steps

are recommended.

Plant should meet provisions of the

Manufacture, storage & Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1986 &

the factories Act, 1948.

Fire hydrant system needs to be

extended in new project as per





Measures



Scenario 2: BLEVE simulations

for Drums Storage. In the 9.8 meter radius area is

considered as 100% fatality in 1

min.

In 17.4 meter radius area is

considered as 1st deg. Burn in 10

sec. and 1 % fatal in 1 minute.

In the 30.5 meter radius area will





discomfiture even on long

exposure.

Scenario 3: Flash Fire

simulation For Coal. In the 35 meter radius area is

considered as 100 % fatality in 1

min. and first degree burn in 10

sec.

In the 59 meter radius first

degree burn in 10 sec.

In the 103 meter radius area will



In the 167 meter radius area is


discomfort even on long

exposure

Scenario 4: Overpressure

Explosion for Boiler.

In case of UVCE up to 101 m

distance is considered as 100 %

fatality and 100 % ear drum

rupture radius.

Up to 168 meter distance is

considered as 100 % structural

Damage and up to 535 m feet

distance for 100 % glass damage

area.

Risk Scenarios overlaid on

landuse map of the study area is

depicted in Figure 4-4 and

Table 4-16

TAC/NFPA Norms.

Sprinkler needs to be provided in coal

storage yard.

Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock

Drills should be conducted, in order to

train the staff and make them mentally

prepared to tackle any emergency.

Emergency handling facilities should

be maintained in a tip top condition

round the clock.

Safe operating procedure should be

prepared for hazardous material

handling process.

Safety devices and control instruments

should be calibrated once in a year.

Proper coloring as per IS 2379 should

be done in plant to pipeline network,

tank and equipments to protect it from

corrosion.

Preventive maintenance schedule

should be prepared for all the

equipments and colour code or tagging

should be provided.

Permit to work system should be

implemented on 100 % basis for

hazardous work to be carried out in the

plant.

The details of emergency equipments

are given in on site emergency Plan

along with its quantity.

Manual call points for fire location

identification should be installed in

plant premises.

For proposed plant Fire & Safety

organization setup to be replanted for

better plant process safety.

Induction safety course should be

prepared and training of all new

employees before starting duties in

plant should be made compulsory.





Measures


Local people will be employed for proposed expansions have their own household facility; therefore there will

not be any rehabilitation and resettlement, since the expansion will be carried out within the existing premises)

of habitation or migration which can change the landuse pattern of the study area.

Figure 4- 1: LULC/ PM2.5 Affected Area

Table 4- 12: LULC/PM2.5 Affected Area

Legends LULC Total PM2.5 Affected Area

Area (km2) Percentage Area (km2) Percentage

Agriculture 67.225 21.08% 10.40 3.26%

Canal 0.963 0.30% 0.22 0.07%

Fallowlands 204.703 64.18% 53.58 16.80%

Industries 4.919 1.54% 3.04 0.95%

Major Roads 1.751 0.55% 0.48 0.15%

Nhw 0.609 0.19% 0.21 0.06%

Railways 0.279 0.09% 0.10 0.03%

Rivers 1.637 0.51% 0.57 0.18%

Roads 14.504 4.55% 3.44 1.08%

Settlements 5.267 1.65% 1.10 0.34%

Shw 0.485 0.15% 0.16 0.05%

Wastelands 14.477 4.54% 4.22 1.32%

Waterbody 2.149 0.67% 0.38 0.12%

Grand Total 318.97 100.00% 77.88 24.42%





Measures


Figure 4- 2: LULC-PM10 Affected Area

Table 4- 13: LULC/PM10 Affected Area

Legends

LULC Total PM10 Affected Area

Area (km2) Percentage Area (km2) Percentages

Agriculture 67.22 21.08% 9.99 3.13%

Canal 0.96 0.30% 0.22 0.07%

Fallowlands 204.70 64.18% 51.95 16.29%

Industries 4.91 1.54% 3.03 0.95%

Major Roads 1.75 0.55% 0.48 0.15%

Nhw 0.609 0.19% 0.19 0.06%

Railways 0.279 0.09% 0.09 0.03%

Rivers 1.637 0.51% 0.56 0.18%

Roads 14.504 4.55% 3.29 1.03%

Settlements 5.267 1.65% 0.93 0.29%

Shw 0.485 0.15% 0.16 0.05%

Wastelands 14.47 4.54% 4.18 1.31%

Waterbody 2.149 0.67% 0.35 0.11%

Grand Total 318.97 100.00% 75.43 23.65%





Measures


Figure 4- 3: LULC/SO2 Affected Area

Table 4- 14: LULC/SO2 Affected Area

Legends LULC Total SO2 Affected Area

Area (km2) Percentage Area (km2) Percentages Agriculture 67.22 21.08%

Canal 0.96 0.30%

Fallowlands 204.70 64.18%

Industries 4.91 1.54% 0.13 0.04%

Major Roads 1.75 0.55%

Nhw 0.60 0.19%

Railways 0.27 0.09%

Rivers 1.63 0.51%

Roads 14.50 4.55% 0.0043 0.001%

Settlements 5.26 1.65%

Shw 0.48 0.15%

Wastelands 14.47 4.54% 0.0029 0.001%

Waterbody 2.149 0.67%

Grand Total 318.97 100.00% 0.136 0.043%





Measures


Figure 4- 4: Risk Scenarios ovelaid on landuse map

Note: Area of Scenario 1 and Scenario 2 are Included in area of Scenario- 4 as per the Figure 4-4

Table 4- 15: Area of Risk Scenarios

Name Scenario 3 Scenario 4 Grand Total

Area Sqkm Area Sqkm

Roads 0.000 0.004 0.004 sqkm

Industries 0.033 0.085 0.118 sqkm

Total 0.033 0.089 0.122 sqkm

4.6.2 Geology and Soil Environment

Table 4- 16: Impact and mitigation measures on geology and soil environment

Activity Environmental Impact Management Measures To Be Taken

Construction Phase


of the Site:

Excavation for


leveling the sites and

vehicular movements.

Handling of

construction and

other raw materials.



of fuel and due to addition of

foreign materials.

Proposed expansion will be within the

existing plant premises, where enough

land is available for the activity.

Proper sprinkling system is to be


dust.

Excavated earth shall be stored in

stockpiles and covered with plastic/

tarpaulin sheets and reused for

landscape development along the

corridor and for use in green belt.

Properly lined/paved area for the works

having potential of leakage/spillage of

fuel or material like area for Storage of

construction and other raw material

etc.





Measures


Activity Environmental Impact Management Measures To Be Taken

Disposal of sewage &

garbage generated

during the

construction works

from domestic

activities of


workers

Contamination of Soil may occur

due to the disposal of untreated

sewage and domestic waste



The sewage shall be disposed off

through existing STP. The domestic

waste shall be disposed off through

Municipal Corporation

Operation Phase

Storage,

Transportation and

Handling of Raw

Material and

Hazardous Waste

Changes in soil texture will lead

to change in porosity,

permeability & other such

physical characteristics of soil of

the area.

Changes in soil chemistry due to

addition of foreign material from

polluted air and water due to

plant activities in the area.

Properly lined/ paved area for the

works having potential of leakage/

spillage of fuel or material like area for

storage of construction and other raw

material etc.

Proper mitigative measures like use of

efficient pollution control systems,

proper stack height, use of top soil in

plantation results in no significant

impact on soil of the core zone. There

will be no impact on soil of the study

area located beyond the working area

of the proposed expansion project.

Soil samples will be collected and

tested at regular intervals from the

nearby areas. This will help in

mitigation of any harmful impact on

soil due to the project activity, if any.

Transportation of hazardous waste will

be done as per CPCB Guidelines. The

dumpers will be covered to prevent

spillage or dusting. The drivers will be

imparted training. The containers /

dumpers will be marked with the name

of TSDF where it is to be sent, contact

details and the other details required.

Hazard and Risk

Scenarios

Health & safety related issues All possible measures to be taken to

minimize the risk hazards

4.6.3 Geohydrology

Table 4- 17: Impact and mitigation measures on Geo-hydrology

Activity Environmental Impact Management Action To Be Taken

Construction Phase


of the Site:

Excavation for


leveling the sites.

This is an expansion project

within the premises, hence there

is negligible of no impact on

water regime during the

construction. The water will be

brought through GIDC pipeline

and there would be no

exploitation of groundwater.

However the flying dust and

debris may pollute the

Proper sprinkling system will be


dust. The source of water would be

through GIDC pipeline





Measures



surrounding environment.

Washing of

construction

equipments

Formation of stagnant pools of

water if construction equipments

are not washed properly at

designated washing area

Provision for proper designated area

for washing.

Storage and Disposal

of sewage & garbage

generated during the

construction works

from domestic

activities of


workers

Contamination of land may

occur due to the disposal at

unauthorized places



The sewage shall be disposed off

through the septic tank & soak pit. The

domestic waste shall be disposed off

through Municipal Corporation.




construction and other raw material

etc.

Water required during

the construction for

various activities like

preparation & mixing

of concrete, cooling

of construction

equipment, usage in

spray and sprinklers

for dust suppression

etc.

No impact is on groundwater

regime is anticipated since the

water is sourced through GIDC

pipeline.

Water requirement shall be met

through GIDC pipeline. Minimum

usage of water is advisable for

construction work and care should be

taken to avoid wastage of water during

the construction phase. Moreover,

groundwater will not be drawn for the

construction activities; hence no

impacts on groundwater resources are

anticipated.

Drinking water

requirement for the

construction worker

and other staff.

Also the area falls in a safe zone

according to CGWB notification

of 2013.

The groundwater in the area is

found to be saline and beyond

the permissible limits of drinking

in most of the parts.

It is found from the CGWB

reports that the said industrial

estate was within the Grey zone

in the year 1997 which was

converted to safe zone in the

year 2009 with few locations

within 10kms radius falling in

semi-Critical zone and it had

remained in the safe zone even in

2013 report. This probably is due

to the recharge efforts taken be

there. Please refer Figure 4-6

Proper drinking water facility will be

made available to the construction

workers.

Drinking water shall be provided

through private tankers.

Looking at the poor quality of the

water around the site it would be

advisable to adobe recharge measures

to aid in improving it.

Operation Phase

Transportation,

Storage and Handling

of Raw Material and

Hazardous waste

Temporary contamination of

surface water may occur in

existing river channel which is

within 500 mtrs in the eastern &

southern side of the project site

during the transportation and

storage due to leakage and

spillages.




raw material etc. will be developed and

maintained.

Transportation of hazardous waste will

be done as per CPCB

Guidelines/Hazardous and Other Waste





Measures



Rules, 2016. The dumpers will be

covered to prevent spillage or dusting.

The drivers will be imparted training.

The containers/ dumpers will be

marked with the name of TSDF where

it is to be sent, contact details and the

other details required.

Additional

requirement of water

during the operation

phase shall be 5116

kL/Day

There can be Impact on

groundwater if it is to be used for

operation purpose. However

there will not be any impact

within 10 kms of radius of the

study however there will be

Impact on ultimate water regime

at the source area from where

water is to brought to the site

through GIDC pipeline.

Water requirement shall be met by

private tanker as well as GIDC pipeline

hence there would be minimal or no

impact on the Groundwater.

Rainwater Harvesting System is

suggested:

All plant administrative building have

already constructed rainwater

harvesting structure

Other area for rain water harvesting

can be done in canteen roofs where

water will be collected by means of an

appropriate Rain Water Harvesting

System in such a manner that first

water is excluded and subsequently

roof top rain water will be harvested.

(Details of RWH given in Chapter-2,

Sec.-2.9)

Discharge of treated

effluent from the

proposed project and

waste water

generation

Approximately 2417 KLD of

additional waste water will be

generated; hence contamination

of surface and groundwater may

occur due to existing river

channel within 500 mtrs in the

eastern & southern side of the

project site and existing water

level of around 30 ft. during any

kind of accidents or leakage.

This will affect villages like

Sarnar which is hardly 1 km

away from the site. Crops also

get affected as surrounding area

is mostly agriculture

There is a chance of

contamination of groundwater

due to leakage and spillage as the

water table of the area is only

few mtrs. Additionally it should

be noted that the water quality of

the Groundwater near the project

site is not suitable for drinking.

As seen from the TDS map

(Figure 4-5) it can be said that

the there is high concentration of

TDS near village Sarnar,

Vorasamni, Argama and Juned

which are around 1-2 kms away

Plant water/wastewater system shall be

designed and Proper monitoring and

care shall be taken for effective

management of treated effluents with

concept of zero discharge. Properly

lined/paved area for the works having

potential of leakage/spillage of fuel or

material like area for Storage of raw

material etc. will be developed and

maintained.





Measures



from the project site. Chloride

and total hardness is also found

to be above permissible limits at

these villages.

Storm water drainage

facility

There is a gradual slope in the

terrain from east (30 meter) to

west (3 meter) direction. The

water level of the area is only

around 30 ft. Hence there are

chances of water getting

accumulated within the company

premises if proper storm water

drainage facility is not

maintained during the rainy

seasons.

The company already has a storm

water drainage facility as per the

prescribed norm which is being

maintained on regular basis.

Figure 4- 5: TDS MAP of the Study Area





Measures


Figure 4- 6: CGWB has categorized the area of Vagra as Safe Zone according to the Report of 2011





Measures


4.6.4 Meteorology /Air Environment

The micro-meteorological data for the region indicates the pre-dominant winds from SW to NE. The

maximum average wind speed reported during the study period observed 5.9-6.4 kmph. Details are given in

Chapter-3, section 3.8. The hourly meteorological data used for prediction of pollutants Ground Level

Concentrations (GLCs).

4.6.4.1 Air Environment

The impacts on air quality from any project depends on various factors like design capacity, configuration,

process technology, raw material/ fuel used, envisaged emission control measures, operation and

maintenance practices. Apart from the above, other activities viz. transportation of raw materials and

products, storage facilities and material handling within the plant may also contribute to air pollution.

4.6.4.2 Dispersion Modelling:

Emissions from all the stacks were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the

dispersion modelling guidelines of AERMOD, developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological

Society (AMS)/United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA), as directed by CPCB.

4.6.4.2.1 About AERMOD:

AMS/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD) is a steady-state plume model. It is designed to apply to source

releases and meteorological conditions that can be assumed to be steady over individual modelling periods

(typically one hour or less). AERMOD has been designed to handle the computation of pollutant impacts in

both flat and complex terrain within the same modelling framework.

The American Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model Improvement

Committee (AERMIC) was formed to introduce state-of-the-art modelling concepts into the EPA's air

quality models. Through AERMIC, a modelling system, AERMOD, was introduced that incorporated air

dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling concepts, including treatment

of both surface and elevated sources, and both simple and complex terrain.

AERMET is an input data processor that is one of the regulatory components of the AERMOD modelling

system. It incorporates air dispersion based on planetary boundary layer turbulence structure and scaling

concepts. Data flow in AERMOD modelling system is shown in Figure- 4.7.

Figure 4- 7: Data Flow in AERMOD





Measures


4.6.4.2.2 Meteorological Parameters:

The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed, wind direction, ambient atmospheric

temperature, cloud cover, humidity & rainfall.

4.6.4.2.3 Other Assumptions:

The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

Stability class and Atmospheric inversion level is based on software’s database.

Air quality contours for the various pollutants are given in the Figure 4-8 to Figure 4-13 Data used for the

evaluation of the ground level concentration for the proposed stack is given in Table 4-18.

The results of GLCs due to the proposed stack are given in Table 4-19 to Table 4-22. When the above

stated GLCs results are added into the 98% percentile concentration of ambient air parameters, it

gives overall AAQ of the surrounding study area.

Table 4- 18: Data used for the evaluation of the ground level concentration

Stack

attached

to

Fuel Co-

ordinates

of stack

Stack

diameter

Stack

height

Stack

temp.

Stack gas

velocity

(assume*)

Stack

area

Stack

gas flow

rate

Pollutant

type

Expected

emission

concentn

Emission

rate

x y (m) (m) (° K) (m/s) (m²) (m³/sec) (mg/Nm³) (gm/sec)

Boiler-5 Coal

(29.16 MT/Hr)

498.7 -184.2 2.5 125 413 10 4.91 49.06 PM 26 1.3

SO₂ 82.55 4.1

NO₂ 56 2.77

Details of cumulative GLCs (Ground Level Concentrations) of various pollutants that will occur due to

emissions from the stack after the proposed project is commissioned as derived from the AERMOD

dispersion model.

Table 4- 19: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM10

Station

Code

Location PM10 Concentration (µg/m3)

Existing Concentration

(98thpercentile) in

Ambient Air [A]

1st highest, 1st hr GLC

from AERMOD#

[B]

Probable Concentration

After Proposed Project

[A+B]

1 Vilayat 89 0.9 89.9

2 Sarnar 95 0.9 95.9

3 Derol 97 0.6 97.6

4 Argama 92 1.0 93.0

5 Vorasamni 80 2.0 82.0

6 Project Site 97 -- --

Permissible Limit [NAAQ-2009]* 100

Note: * Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards

# These are max. 1st hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the following:

1) Assumption that the SPM from the stack consist of only 10 𝜇m size particles

2) All the above 10 𝜇m size particles will fall on to the ground and get added to the existing ground level

concentration of PM10 𝜇m size particles

3) The total PM emission from the flue gas stack will be maximum of 26 mg/nm3.





Measures


Figure 4- 8: Air quality contour for pollutant – PM10





Measures


Figure 4- 9:Air quality contour for pollutant – PM10 [Google Image]

Table 4- 20: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – PM2.5

Station

Code

Location PM2.5 Concentration (µg/m3)


(98thpercentile) in

Ambient Air

[A]


from AERMOD#

[B]



[A+B]

1 Vilayat 40 0.9 40.9

2 Sarnar 38 0.9 38.9

3 Derol 46 0.6 46.6

4 Argama 40 1.0 41.0

5 Vorasamni 33 2.0 35.0




# These are max.1st hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the following:

1) Assumption that the SPM from the stack consist of only 2.5 𝜇m size particles

2) All the above 2.5 𝜇m size particles will fall on to the ground and get added to the existing

ground level concentration of PM2.5 𝜇m size particles

3) The Total PM emission from the flue gas stack being maximum of 26 mg/nm3.





Measures


Table 4- 21: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant – NOx

Station

Code

Location NOx Concentration (µg/m3)


(98thpercentile) in

Ambient Air

[A]


from AERMOD#

[B]

Probable

Concentartion After

Proposed Project

[A+B]

1 Vilayat 24 2 26

2 Sarnar 22 2 24

3 Derol 23 2 25

4 Argama 26 3 29

5 Vorasamni 21 2 23



Note * Permissible limits as per the National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards

# These are max. 1 hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the NOx

emission concentration in flue gas stack (Please see Table-4.19)





Measures


Figure 4- 10: Air quality contour for pollutant – NO2





Measures


Figure 4- 11: Air quality contour for pollutant – NO2 [on Google image]

Table 4- 22: Details of cumulative GLCs for pollutant –SO2

Station

Code

Location SO2 Concentration (µg/m3)


(98thpercentile) in

Ambient Air

[A]


from AERMOD#

[B]



[A+B]

1 Vilayat 19 4 23

2 Sarnar 18 4 22

3 Derol 18 2 20

4 Argama 21 4 25

5 Vorasamni 19 2 21




# This max. 1st hr. GLCs values evaluated by AERMOD are based on the SO2 emission

concentration from flue gas stack (Please see Table-4.19)

However , it may be noted that actual emissions will be lower than above stated values





Measures


Figure 4- 12: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2





Measures


Figure 4- 13: Air quality contour for pollutant – SO2 [on Google image]

Table 4- 23: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Air Environment


Construction Phase

Excavation, civil

construction,

transportation and

handling of

construction materials

and installation of

equipments.

The main problem anticipated

will increase in SPM level due to

dust contamination.

It may be noted that the causes of

Suspended Particulate Matter in

ambient air may be due to:

1. Loose topsoil.

2. Local meteorological

conditions at the site.

Because of vehicular traffic there

may be marginal increase in

concentration of PM10 and PM2.5.

The impacts due to construction

activities will be limited to the period

of construction i.e. short term impacts

only. The air quality will be marginally

affected by the activities like

Regular sprinkling of water is proposed

during construction activities for the

suppression of dust.

The approach roads and vehicles will

be kept in good condition to minimize

automobile exhaust.

The impact will be confined within the

project premises and is expected to be

negligible outside the plant premises.

Proper upkeep and maintenance of

vehicles, sprinkling of water during

this phase, providing sufficient

vegetation etc. are some of the

measures that would greatly reduce the

impacts during the construction phase





Measures



Operation Phase

Point Source :

PM, SO2, NOx,CO

emissions from flue

gas stacks

Flue gases Mercury

and other heavy

metals like As,Cr, Ni,

Co,Pb and Cd

The concentration of particulate

matter in baseline data found

higher which is maximum at

Derol village 97ug/m3 and the

incremental concentration is

predicted as 0.6 ug/m3 i.e, the

resultant concentration is

predicted 97.6 ug/m3 at receptor.

The impact may be considered

significant irrespective of the

incremental value because the

baseline concentration itself is

very close (97.6%) to the

prescribed standard. Refer

Figure 4-8 and Figure 4-9 and

Table 4.20 Similarly concentration of PM2.5

found 46 ug/m3 and the

incremental concentration is

predicted as 0.6 ug/m3 i.e, the

resultant concentration is

predicted 46.6 ug/m3 predicted at

receptor. The impact may be

considered significant. Refer

Table 4-21

The resultant concentration of

SO2 max. 25 ug/m3, and NOx

max. 29 ug/m3) in Argama

village, The impact will be

considered to insignificant

because of the resultant

concentration being much lower

than the prescribed Standard.

Refer Figure 4-10 to Figure 4-

13 and Table 4-22 to

Table 4-23

In case of APCM failure the

dispersion of air pollutants viz.

SO2, PM, NOx, CO, CO2, metals

will be higher which will

increase the pollutant

concentration in ambient air and

on its longtime exposure can

cause health-related issues and

will also impact on flora and

fauna.

Main contribution to PM10 and

PM 2.5 is due to the local

activities in almost all villages.

In Derol the village is located

near state highway where

vehicular movement is more as

well as dust due to the household

a) Pre-combustion

Beneficiated /washed coal should be

used

Desulfurization of coal to reduce ‘S’

content

b) During combustion

Pulverized lime stone to reduce SO2

Control excess air to ensure

complete combustion of fuel

Advance low NOx burners for

reduction of NOx emissions

Over–fire air system with air ports

for furnace for reduction of NOx

Use of lime (CaO) or limestone in

coal-fired fluidized bed combustion

boilers to have integrated ,

achieving removal efficiency of up

to 80-90%

c) Post Combustion

ESPs to reduce PM emissions to

<30 mg/Nm3

Continuous Emission Monitoring

(CEMS) for pollutants system

should be provided.

Emergency shutdown of boiler in

case of APCM failure

Company should develop greenbelt

on the road sides of Derol village as

well as pavement should be done in

unpaved area. As well organize

medical camps in nearby villages

Water sprinkling and plantations

should be carried out in the

prevailing wind direction in order to

control the dust

Proper barricading should be done

to avoid/ control of any dispersion

of PM outside the premises.

Ambient air quality outside the

premises should be carried out once

in a month through GPCB approved

agency in accordance with

Environmental Clearance.

Work place monitoring should be

carried out monthly by GPCB

approved agency/industry

Injection of activated carbon into

flue gas stack to capture heavy

metals





Measures



activities, agricultural activities

and prevailing wind

Non-Point Source :

o PM from ash

handling and storage

Contamination of Land/Soil and

ground water due leaching of

heavy metals present in coal/fly

ash and health related issues of

workers working in coal

handling area

Transfer of fly ash from ESP collecting

hoppers to collect fly ash

pneumatically

o PM from fly ash

silos, ash disposal

area, transport

Dust collection system /filters on silos,

conditioning of fly ash with water

sprinkling while loading in trucks and

truck covered with tarpaulin

o Coal dust from coal

storage yard Enclosed coal storage considering wind

directions

o Coal dust from

conveyor transfer

points, coal

unloading and

stockpile area, coal

grinding

Dust collection system provided in coal

bunkers for coal dust and collected dust

returned back to bunker or belt

conveyor

o Coal transportation Tarpaulin covered vehicles

4.6.5 Noise and Vibration

Table 4- 24: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Noise and Vibration


Construction Phase

During construction,

construction

equipment, including

dozer, scrapers,

concrete mixers,

generators, vibrators

and power tools,

compressors and

vehicles will be the

major noise sources.

Increase noise level for short

period only. Construction noise is

difficult to predict because the

level of activity will constantly

change.

Most of construction activities are

expected to produce noise level within

the prescribed limit. The noise

generated from various sources will be

of short duration. Therefore, no

significant impact is envisaged in the

construction phase

Operation Phase

Noise from steam

turbine generator

(STG)

Exposure to high levels of noise

can cause permanent hearing

loss.

Short term exposure to loud

noise can also cause a temporary

change in hearing (ears may feel

stuffed up) or a ringing in ears

(tinnitus).These short term

problems may go away within a

few minutes or hours after

leaving the noisy area. However,

repeated exposures to loud noise

can lead to permanent tinnitus

and/or hearing loss.

STG housed in closed building

Rotating equipments–

crushers, grinding

equipment,

compressors, fans,

pump

Specific acoustic housing /enclosures

High Noise Level Zone’ Warning

Display shall be done at all the areas

where Noise Level is high and use of

Personal Hearing Protectors shall be

made mandatory before entering such

zones.

Audiometric Medical Check Up for the

persons working in High Noise Level

Zone shall be mandatory and special

precautions shall be taken to reduce

their exposure.

Hazard of noise may be put in safety





Measures



Loud noise can also create

physical and psychological

stress, reduce productivity,

interfere with communication

and concentration, and contribute

to workplace accidents and

injuries by making it difficult to

hear warning signals. Noise

induced hearing loss limits your

ability to hear high frequency

sounds, understand speech, and

seriously impairs ability to

communicate

awareness programs.

Transformers, circuit

breakers TOV provision of magneto-electric

system, plasma actuators, etc.

Combustion-induced Specific control system, perforations

on exhaust pipes Flow induced

Steam safety relief

valves

Boiler soot blowing Use of low pressure centrifugal

compressor for soot blowing,

appreciating that cleaning cycle is

short, of the order of few minutes, and

blowing operation occasional

depending on fuel quality, and

adopting boiler soot blowing good

practices.

Vibration from

rotating equipments Good design and engineering practice

like specific foundations and

mountings to control vibrations

4.6.6 Water Environment

Table 4- 25: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Water Environment


Construction Phase

Generation of sewage Genration of sewage is very

small. No significant impact The generated sewage will be treated

in existing STP and same will be re-

used for development of greenbelt

Operation Phase

Wastewater

generation

Blow down from boiler (3680

kl/day) and cooling tower (2210

kl/day), Floor washings and

equipment drains, Air pre-heater

wash water (75 kl/day)

Wastewater generation from

DM water regeneration (1250

kl/day)

Wastewater generated quality

will have TDS and COD. If the

same will not collect and treat

properly will create soil

erosion, contamination of ground

water due to seepage and

Surface water pollution through

surface runoff which may affect

the health of human

being/animals who depend on

that water for different use (like

Mitigation measure suggested for

“ZERO DISCHAGE” by

Treatment of effluent generated from

cooling, boiler blow down, DM water

regeneration, wash water in Effluent

Treatment Plant

Treated wastewater then passed

through RO system. 80% RO permeate

recycle back for cooling water make-

up and rejects from RO can be used

for dust suppression in coal handling

area, Sprinkling on fly ash and road

cleaning

Approx. 60 % Steam condensate from

boiler can be recycled back for boiler

water make-up.

Domestic wastewater shall be treated

in STP and treated wastewater should

be used for gardening purposes.

Effluent conveyance pipeline should be

regular check for the leakage

a. Bottom ash

handling system

b. Seepage of ash

water

c. Water treatment

plant

d. Blown-down water

from cooling tower

e. Air pressure

preheater

washwater

f. Plant wash down

water

g. Floor washing and

equipment drain

h. Grey water

washing

i. Sewage





Measures



cloth washing /utensil washing

cattle bathing and also destroy

the aquatic life system).

However, ponds of Derol,

Argama and Vorasamini are

under ageing/ heavy

eutrophication due to dumping of

waste and cloth washing.

Conamintaion of water/acid rains

due to air pollutnats viz.SO2,

NOx

As per geohydrology study The

TDS in the study area is found to

be varying from 800 ppm to

4300 ppm. The higher range of

the TDS count is found near the

Industrial estate and the reasons

for which needs to be

investigated. Also the Phenol

content in the ground water as

well as surface water is found

higher than the permissible

limits.

Awareness program should be

conducted by the company in the

villages mentioned for proper domestic

waste storage and conservation of

water Ground water/surface water

monitoring should be carried out once

in a month by GPCB approved agency

Conamintaion of

water due to air

pollutnats

Specific measures for control of SO2

and NOx given in Table 4-24.

Coal pile area run -off Suitable plant and drainage

Surface run-off from

plant premises Run-off collection system, settling,

clarification, recycling/ reuse of clear

water

Storm water Impervious lining to conserve water

and avoid seepage to other areas

specially the water-logged ones

Proper storm water collection should

provide to avoid water logging,

mosquitos breeding etc.

Rainwater harvesting scheme should

install to recharge sub-surface water

level.

4.6.7 Solid /Hazardous Waste Generation

Table 4- 26: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Solid/Hazardous Waste


Construction Phase

Genration of

construction debris

and Muncipal solid

waste

No significant impact due to

construction debris. Since this

materials are inert in nature

Construction debris should be used for

leveling of low lying areas /foundation

within the plant premises

Operation Phase

Fly-ash-coarse fly ash

obtained from the

first stage of ESP

(generally

constituting >70 % of

the total ash

generated and having

> 5% carbon)

Water treatment plant sludge,

Sewage treatment plant sludge

Bottom ash /Fly Ash (2100

MT/Month),

Used oil (2.3 kl/ Month),

Spent resin (7.5 kg/Month)

Discarded container (140

Nos/month), bags Liner (3.5

MT/month)

Bottom ash and fly ash is the

major source of pollution in

power plant if it is not collected,

stored and disposed properly

then it will impact on soil

fertility, since fly ash and bottom

ash have some heavy metal

content it which may cause

ground water contamination and

Fly ash should be collected in silos and

given to brick manufacturing

unit/cement unit as per Fly ash

notification 2016

Sludge from ETP should be disposed

to TSDF site and sludge from sewage

treatment plant sludge should be used

as soil conditioner.

Spent Resin should be disposed at

TSDF site

Discarded container/ bags/ liner should

be sold to authorized recycler

All wastes should propoerly collected,

stored in a designated storage area with

RCC flooring, roof/covering, prior to

its final treatment / disposal.

Bottom ash Suitable utilization in

Boiler slag and

bottom ash

Water treatment plant

sludge

Sewage treatment

plant sludge

Dust emitted from

different sources and

floor sweeping

Hazardous waste-





Measures



used oils, air pollution which ultimately

leads to health related issues of

human beings and flora & fauna

brick/cement manufacturing,

Organic waste convertor already

provided by the company. The food

waste generated from the additional

manpower from proposed expansion

should be composted in organic waste

convertor and same should be used for

soil conditioning.

Domestic waste from

office/canteen

4.6.8 Ecology and Biodiversity

Ecological Impact Assessment (EcIA) is the process of identifying, and evaluating the identified potential

impacts of defined actions on ecosystems or their components. If properly implemented, it provides a

scientifically defensible approach to ecosystem management (Treweek, 1999).

EcIA studies are often based on a so‐ called “ecological risk assessment” approach. The objective of this

approach is to systematically identify and evaluate the relationships between stressors as caused by

anthropogenic activity (exposure analysis), and subsequent impacts on receptors (effects analysis).

In the context of this report ‘ecological resources’ relate to sites, habitats, features, assemblages, species or

individuals that occur in the vicinity of a project and upon which impacts are possible. The term ‘ecological

receptors’ is used when impacts upon them (‘ecological resources’) are likely. Stressors can be all single

characteristics of a project or activity that lead to an ecological effect. Stressors can be of chemical, physical,

or biological nature, such as for example the release of a chemical, the mechanical impact from construction,

or the introduction of an alien species.

The purpose of EcIA is to provide decision-makers with clear and concise information about the likely,

significant ecological effects associated with a project. This EcIA generally relies on ecologist’s using their

professional judgement. Judgements were made on the basis of an objective assessment of the best

information available at the time of survey.

4.6.8.1 Potential impacts on the environment

Having identified the project activities likely to give rise to significant impacts as per the data provided,

it is then necessary to describe the resultant biophysical changes and to characterize the impacts on the

‘key ecological receptors’The objective of the exposure analysis is to describe the exposure of receptors

in terms of intensity, space, and time. To this end, exposure pathways are established, including the

stressor source, the spatial and temporal distribution of stressors in the environment, and the extent and

pattern of contact or co-occurrence with receptors.

The ecological effects analysis then investigates the relationship between stressor levels and resulting

responses. In essence, the ecological risk assessment approach is based on an analysis of how exposure to

stressors is likely to occur and on an analysis of the significance of the associated impacts. The result is a

list of stressor‐ response relationships, often also termed cause‐ effect relationships.

As ecosystems are diverse and complex systems, these relationships are often interrelated and have a

netlike rather than a linear structure, as one stressor may lead to multiple exposures and may also cause

secondary (indirect) effects.

The level of detail and accuracy of the cause effect relationships depends on how well information on

stressor sources, exposure opportunities, characteristics of the ecosystem at risk and ecological effects is

available.

Risk assessments are typically conducted at a time when not all necessary information is available about

the project. Risk characterization is to be distinguished from risk management and decision making,

which involves the selection of a course of action in response to the identified risks and other factors.

The stressors and receptors provide the system boundaries for EIA studies. Stressors are usually classified

according to life cycle stage and project components. In the following section, stressors ,relevant to a

Proposed expansion of a Captive Power Plant, by M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. (Chemical Division) Plot

No.: -1, GIDC Estate, Vilayat, Taluka : Vagra, District : Bharuch, are listed as provided by the

consultant.





Measures


Proposed expansion project will be set up within the existing premises in an In industrial notified area

GIDC Estate, Vilayat out of the total area of 419750, for proposed Expansion 69750 m2 area will be

utilized

Stressors: Stressor sources of Captive Power Plant can be subdivided into the following life cycle stages

and key elements:

Construction phase

o No additional land requirement as the proposed expansion project will be set up within the existing

premises in an In industrial notified area ;GIDC Estate, Vilayat.For proposed Expansion 69750 m2

area will be utilized from the total available area of 419750 m2,

o No new road connectivity required

o Construction activities will be slightly increased the concentration of particulate matter (PM) in

ambient air.

Operation phase

o An additional 21000 MT/Month of imported coal is required for the power plant expansion.

o Major sources of air pollutants of the proposed unit will be flue gas emissions

o Mainly from stacks attached to Boiler -5, fired by coal ,

o Major Pollutants expected are Particulate matters ,SO2, NOx, CO from the flue gas stacks attached

to coal fired Boiler

Industrial wastewater will be treated in ETP and treated water will be reused for different purposes.

o Domestic wastewater will be treated in STP and treated wastewater will be used for gardening

purposes.

o All the equipment in the existing unit have been designed and operated to have the noise level not

exceeding 75-80 dB (A) at a distance of 1.5 m. from the equipment.

o About 63 number trucks trips for transportation of Raw materials Receptors

An environmental assessment should address the effects of a project on fauna, flora, water, air, climate

and landscape, including all direct and indirect effects and the interactions between single factors. Based

on this definition the following categories will used for describing the potential impacts of Captive power

Plant, on the environment:

o Landscape, nearby agriculture area

o Terrestrial flora and fauna, which can be further subdivided into different functional and taxonomic

groups, i.e. plant communities and habitat types or animal taxonomic groups such as invertebrates,

mammals, amphibians, reptiles, and birds including migratory and roosting birds.

o Certain threatened fauna observed in the study area during baseline survey

4.6.8.2 Impact Identification and Prediction

Based on the project details provide by the client /consultant and ecological baseline information gathered by

AEC, the ecological assessment was carried out to identify and predict potential ecological impacts caused by

the proposed development.

All potential impacts, including direct, indirect, on-site, off-site, primary, secondary, induced, additional,

synergistic, cumulative impacts, etc. has been considered. Predictions were made with sound scientific basis.

When describing changes/activities and impacts on ecosystem structure and function, reference have been

made to the following parameters,

Magnitude of Impact;

Extent;

Duration

Reversibility; and

Timing and frequency.

Integration of impact characteristics

Consequence and Significance

Magnitude: Magnitude refers to the 'size' or ‘amount’ of an impact, determined on a quantitative basis if

possible.

Extent: The extent of an impact is the area over which the impact occurs. When the receptor being

considered is the habitat itself, magnitude and extent may be synonymous.





Measures


Duration: The time for which the impact is expected to last prior to recovery or replacement of the

resource or feature. This should be defined in relation to ecological characteristics (for example species

lifecycles) rather than human timeframes

Reversibility: An irreversible (permanent) impact is one from which recovery is not possible within a

reasonable timescale or for which there is no reasonable chance of action being taken to reverse it. A

reversible (temporary) impact is one from which spontaneous recovery is possible or for which effective

mitigation is possible.

Timing and frequency: Some changes may only cause an impact if they happen to coincide with critical

life-stages or seasons (for example, the bird nesting season). This may be avoided by careful scheduling of

the relevant activities, e.g. by the implementation of an EAP that specifies important constraints in

relation to the timing of works.

Integration of impact characteristics: An informed integration, for each potentially significant impact, of

each of these impact characteristics is necessary in order to underpin the determination of impact

significance set out below.

The following scale should be applied (adapted from IEEM 2006):

Near-certain: >95% chance of occurring as predicted

Probable: 50-95% chance of occurring as predicted

Unlikely: 5-50% chance of occurring as predicted

Extremely unlikely: <5% chance of occurring as predicted

Consequence and Significance: The significance of an impact is defined as a combination of the

consequence of the impact occurring and in what probabilitythat the impact will occur.

Table 4- 27: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Ecology and Biodiversity


Construction Phase

Excavation and site

clearence

No additional land requirement,

expansion is restricted to already

allocated area.

No additional road construction

required

Any work involving disturbance to

soil or excavation of soil should be

carried out only with the following

stipulationsthe topsoil to a depth of

30cm should be first gathered, piled

aside andcovered with a tarpaulin or

suitable other material.

The topsoil should be re-spread as

early as possible.

Ecological Impact

Surrounding habitat

due to fugitive

emission

Not much impact on the

surrounding habitat is envisaged

due to the construction activity

except for some fugitive

emissions.

Following mitigation measures would

further reduce the impact of fugitive

emissions

Regular water sprinkling.

Covering of the excavated top soil

with tarpaulin sheets.

Development of green belt around

the periphery of the construction site.

Ecological Impact

Surrounding habitat

due to Noise level

The major noise sources during

construction activity will be

dozer, scrappers, concrete

mixers, generators, vibrators and

power tools and vehicles.

The following mitigation measures

should be taken to reduce the noise

levels

Development of green belt around

the periphery of the construction site.

Providing ear muffs to the workers.

Operation Phase

Zone of Influence

Due to Project

An additional 252000

MT/Annum of imported coal is The mitigation measures include

Development of a green belt around





Measures



emission

required for the power plant

expansion. Major sources of air

pollutants of the proposed unit

will be flue gas emissions mainly

from stacks attached to Boiler- 5

fired by coal.

Major Pollutants expected are

Particulate matters, SO2, NOx,

CO.

These pollutants may cause

physical, chemical, behavioral

and physiological changes in

human beings. The project site is

located in a GIDC area

surrounded by agriculture fields.

The health effects caused by air

pollution are realized through

physical, chemical, behavioural

and physiological changes. The

chain starts with emissions into

the atmosphere, where the

pollutants are dispersed and

diluted, forming a variable

spatial and temporal distribution

of concentrations.

The project site is located in a

GIDCarea surrounded by

agriculture fields.

The nearest habitation are in

Samar village Argama village

and Vilaya tvillage located

approx. 1.6 km, 2.2 and 2.4 km

respectively away from the

project site Hence some impact

in these village premises is

anticipated during the operation

phase.

the periphery of the plant.

Installation of APCM.

(Please refer Table 4-24)

Ecological Impact on

Surrounding Eco

sensitive habitat due

to waste water

generated from the

project activity

No significant impact is

anticipated as the extra 2415

KL/Day effluent will be treated

and reused within the premises.

So, no water will be discharged

outside the plant i.e. the plant is a

Zero Discharge Unit.

The following mitigation measures will

be taken

The said CPP will be a zero

discharge unit i.e. no effluent will be

coming out of the premises of the

plant.

The treated water will be used within

the premises for gardening purposes.

Hence, no significant impact is

anticipated.





Measures



Ecological Impact on

Surrounding Eco

sensitive habitat due

to Noise generated

from the project

activity

The main sources of noise

pollution during operation phase

would be boiler, STG blowers,

pumps, motors and cooling tower

etc. compressor. Pressure relief

valves Boiler, soot blowing

The impact on ambient noise

level will be restricted only on

the factory premises and may not

have any significant increase in

the surroundings due to the

project activity.

Providing acoustic enclosures for the

noise generating machinery such as

STG Blower, pumps, motors etc.

Providing ear muffs to the workers.

Development of green belt around the

periphery of the plant.

(Please refer Table 4-25)

Impact on the

Conservation status

of Habitat and species

encountered

As the location of all these

Faunal species encountered

during the baseline survey are

located far away from the zone

of influence of the project

activity, no impact on the Faunal

species is envisaged

Among the enumerated flora in the

study area, none of them were assigned

any threat category, by RED data book

of Indian Plants. (Nayar and Sastry,

1990) and Red list of threatened

Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010, BSI,

2003).

Surrounding of GIDC area are

agriculture fields with crops like Tuver

(Cajanusindica)= and, Sugarcane,

(Saccharumofficinarum L), cultiv

No natural forest land was observed in

the study area except few scattered

scrub cover in the barren lands.

Among the sighted fauna, Pea fowl

(Pavocristatus) is included in Schedule

I .of Wild life protection Act (1972),

while many other birds are included in

Schedule IV.

Few other the fauna reported from the

study area falls under either in

Schedule-II, Schedule-III or Schedule-

IV of the wild Life Protection Act

1972.

Peacock or Indian peafowl

conservation dependant in Gujarat,

Many inland water bodies like “Gram

Talav” were observed in the study area.

No significant long-term effects are

expected on the conservation status of

the protected species is observed and

their habitats of conservation value.

Hence no mitigation and habitat

compensation are required.





Measures


4.6.9 Socio-Economic Environment

Table 4- 28: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Socio-Economic Environment


Construction Phase

Various construction

& commissioning

activities

Land Environment:

Project is situated in the notified

area in isolated non-agricultural

land so no resettlement and

rehabilitation (R&R) is required.

Since the villages are away from

the Vilayat GIDC (Industrial

zone) plot 1, therefore neither

villages nor any part of village or

any hamlet will be disturbed

during the entire life of the

project. As the project operations

will not disturb or relocate any

village or settlement, no adverse

impact is anticipated on any

human settlement.

During the course of discussion

with the villagers, it was reported

that there is no noise pollution;

any impact on agricultural land

and there is no harmful residual

waste (liquid or Solid) affecting

the community health.

There are no impact on

agricultural activities in the core

zone of 10 km and as this project

is situated in notified area. The

buffer zone will remain

undisturbed and thus no adverse

impact will be envisaged.

Since the major state highway is

located 3 km away from the

project site, chances of road

accident (man-made) is very

little or negligible.Hence, no

major issues on social conditions

and public resources are

anticipated.

Since the plant is in notified area

(Vilayat Industrial Estate), issue

of economic losses due to land

acquisition for proposed project

is not anticipated.

Social Environment:

The area is considered as

industrially hub of Vilayat. The

population in general does have

much employment opportunities.

Impact of the project will be

positive on the surrounding of

the applied area, as it will

There is ample area and facility within

the premises for storage of finished

goods, raw materials, hazardous waste

etc. and therefore no expansion

whatsoever will be required as far as

the local infrastructure is concern.

No impact anticipated with respect to

land environment

Employment opportunities to the poor

people of nearby villages. Prefernce

should be given to local people.





Measures



upgrade the socio-economic

status of local inhabitants.

About 50 people will be directly

benefited by this project. The

activities of the proposed project

are expected to provide stimulus

to socio-economic activities in

the region and thereby accelerate

further development processes.

Some health and safety hazards

are anticipated to affect the

persons employed in the project.

The major quantity of solid

waste generated during

construction phase will be

construction debris (not

considered as hazardous waste

due to the fact that it would be

inert in nature)

During various construction

activities, noise will slightly

increase due to the use of a

variety of construction

equipment’s.

All safety provisions to be ensured to

negate any likely hazard. Adequate

measures should be taken to avoid any

occupational health hazards.

Construction debris will be utilized for

leveling up low lying areas within the

project site itself.

Necessary mitigation like acoustic

enclosures, housing of noise generating

machineries in closed area/room,

proper maintenance & lubrication shall

be done to control noise level.

Operation Phase

Operation phase

activities viz. raw

material , fuel storage &

handling, resource

consumption, power

generation etc

Water/Drainage System:

Additional requirement of water

during the operation phase shall

be 2415 kL/Day. Impact on

groundwater only if it is to be

used for operation purpose.

Impact on water resource at the

source area from where water is

to be brought to the site.

Discharge of treated effluent

from the proposed project

contamination of groundwater

may occur due to existing water

level of around 30 ft. during any

kind of accidents or leakage.

This will affect villages like

Sarnar which is hardly 1 km

away from the site. Crops also

get affected as surrounding area

is mostly agriculture

No groundwater abstracted for

industrial and domestic use. However,

company has constructed rainwater

harvesting structure which will

improve the water quality of the area.

Since the basleine data shows that the

surface and ground water have high

TDS content and as per CGWB report

the area is now falls under safe zone,

Please refer Table 4-18.

The effluent generated from the

opertaion of Captive Power Plant will

be treated in existing effluent treatment

plant and the same will be reused for

different purposes, please refer Table

4-26 . Therefore there will not be any

impact on soil and agriculture due to

proposed expansion.

Air Pollution:

Contamination of air due to

various air pollutants from the

industrial processes within and

outside the premises in the radial

distance of 5 km (effective area)

from the project site.

Green belt should be developed. Air

Pollution control measures should be

provided. Please refer Table 4- 24

Greenbelt should be developed on the

road side of Derol village to improve

the aesthetics Since the baseline data

shows that the concentration of





Measures



particulate matter observed higher as

well as organize medical camps for

health check-up.

Noise Pollution:

Steam Generating turbines are

the major source of noise

pollution which will impact on

workers working the area.

Some noise is anticipated

through heavy vehicular

movement while bring the raw

material to the project site and

waste outside the project site.

Necessary mitigation like acoustic

enclosures, housing of noise

generating machineries in closed

area/room, proper maintenance &

lubrication should be done to control

noise level.

Since the process involves use of

chemical chambers/boilers, necessary

acoustic enclosures like acoustic

enclosures, housing of noise

generating machineries in closed

area/room should be used with proper

maintenance & lubrication done to

control noise level. Please refer Table

2-25.

Employment Generation:

Impact of the project during

construction phase will be

positive, as it will upgrade the

socio-economic status of local

inhabitants by providing

employment opportunities from

nearby villages.

During regular operation phase,

it is felt that in the proposed

project the need of manpower

(skilled and unskilled).

Since each villages is having

local Self Help Groups, there

would be great possibility to

Integration of HH industries

(Local Resources)

The company should frame the policy

that all recruitments of non-technical

(Temporary/ Permanent) should be

made from the surrounding villages.

It is estimated to generate employment

of nearly 50 workers /office staff of

different expertise will be employed

for regular operation activities.

It is suggested to promote and

purchase cloth mask, hand gloves,

apron etc from the local Self Help

Groups of the surrounding villages

Public Amenities (Market;

Road etc):

Education Amenity

Health facilities

Since only one ITI is available in

sample villages, it is recommended to

take it as priority intervention

programs, and provide technical

knowledge to villagers their skill

upgradation with the help of govt.

projects like “Skill India”.

Provide support to such primary

school students who do not have

facility for further education within

village in transportation to villages

having High school and high

secondary school.

Provide Health checkup facility for

those villages who do not have PHC

and private practioner within village.

Increase the participation of ASHA





Measures



Villages infrastructure

and local NGO for the effective

implementation of health related

programs.

With the HIV –AIDS awareness

programme family planning should be

include.

Provide support in formation of

agriculture credit societies in villages.

Establishment of SHG group in

villages.

Provide support in upgradation of

panchayat building, ST bus stand etc.

Human Health & Safety

Hazards:

Some health and safety hazards

are anticipated to affect the

persons employed in the project

as regards dust particles;

different type of waste materials.

During regular operations,

improper storage of the raw

material lead to an health and

environment related issues

Total damage and Fatality zone

due to Fire & Explosion up to

35.1 meters in worst case

scenario. First degree burn zone

up to 40.3 meter.

And 135 meter distance is

considered as 100% Ear drum

rupture, 101 meter distance is

considered as 100% Fatality lung

rupture, 168 meter distance is

considered as 100 % structural

Damage and up to 535 meter feet

distance for 100 % glass damage

area for Boiler Overpressure

Explosion.









Please refer Annexure 7.1, Section 7

Prpoer covered storage facility should

be provided for all material and unit to

be registered under ISO14001; and BS

OHSAS 18001.

Safe work procedures, risk/ hazard

control/ prevention measures and

provision of PPEs to minimize the

impacts due to improper storage and

handling facilities of raw-materials

and products.

The workers exposed to fugitive

emission will be provided with

protective devices like dust mask to

prevent respiratory disorders. The

workers exposed to higher noise level

will be provided with ear muffs/ ear

plugs. Proper handling of the

materials and the maintenance of

Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS)

will be followed to ensure safety

within the plant area.

To refresh the academic and skill

improvement as per management

requirement, induction training and

external training has been/ will be

provided to freshers with respect to

“Industrial Safety & Health Training”.

A regular monitoring of the

occupational Health and Safety will

reduce the chances of accidents hence

all the records of job related accidents

and illness will be maintained as per

the requirement of factory act. This

information will be reviewed and





Measures



evaluated to improve the effectiveness

of Environmental Health and Safety

programme.

The company should prepare a

contingency plan listing procedures to

be executed immediately whenever

there is fire, explosion no run

expected release of hazardous waste at

the landfill site during the active

period as well as during the closure

and post-closure periods. Such a

contingency plan should be get

approved by the Authority/

SPCB/PCC.

The company should implement skill

development programme for the up

gradation of their skill

4.6.10 Risk & Hazards

Table 4- 29: Impact and mitigation measures with respect to Risk & Hazards


Construction Phase

Constrution activities

/ plant commissiong

Health & safety issue during

material handling, construction

activities and mechanical

equipment erection, etc

Tarpaulin sheet covers should be used

on the material during transportation.

Fume generation due to welding and

allied activities should be negligible

and restricted to project site.

All workers should be trained to use

welding shields and follow safer

practice.

PPE, viz. saftey belt/net, safety

helmet, safety boots, nose masks etc,

should be provided to all workers.

All vehicles should be properly

serviced and should be required to

carry valid PUC certificate.

Operation Phase

Project activities

during operation

phase viz. fuel

storgae/transportation

fuel combustion ,

power generation etc

MCA

Scenario -1

Pool Fire

Simulations

for Drum

Storage

Area]

Quantitative Risk

Analysis studies

Table -6.2 of

Annexure 7.1,

The Total damage

and Fatality zone

due to Fire &

Explosion up to

35.1 meters in

worst case

scenario. First

degree burn zone

up to 40.3 meter.









To minimize the consequential effects

of the risk scenarios, following steps

are recommended.

Plant should meet provisions of the

Manufacture, Storage & Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1986 &

MCA

Scenario –

2 BLEVE

simulations

for Drums

Storage





Measures



MCA

Scenario –

3 Flash Fire

for 2400

MT coal

Storage

Area.

And 135 meter

distance is

considered as 100%

Ear drum rupture,

101 meter distance

is considered as

100% Fatality lung

rupture, 168 meter

distance is

considered as 100

% structural

Damage and up to

535 meter feet

distance for 100 %

glass damage area

for Boiler

Overpressure

Explosion.

the Factories Act, 1948.

Fire hydrant system needs to be

extended in new project as per

TAC/NFPA norms.

Sprinkler needs to be provided in coal

storage yard.

Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock

Drills should be conducted, in order to

train the staff and make them mentally

prepared to tackle any emergency.

Emergency handling facilities should

be maintained in a tip top condition

round the clock.

Safe operating procedure should be

prepared for hazardous material

handling process.

Safety devices and control instruments

should be calibrated once in a year.

Proper coloring as per IS 2379 should

be done in plant of pipeline network,

tank and equipment’s, to protect it

from corrosion.

Preventive maintenance schedule

should be prepared for all the

equipments and colour code or

tagging should be provided.

Permit to work system should be

implemented on 100% basis for

hazardous work to be carried out in

the plant.

The details of emergency equipments

are given in on site emergency Plan

along with its quantity.

Manual call points for fire location

identification should be installed in

plant premises.

For proposed plant Fire & Safety

organization setup to be replanted for

better plant process safety.

Induction safety course should be

prepared and training of all new

employees before starting duties in


Type of

Failure

Considered

MCA

Scenario –

4 Explosion

of Boilers

Coal dust

Temporary

discomfort to the

upper respiratory

tract may occur

due to in-

halation of high

dust levels well

above the 8 hour

occupational

exposure limit.

Long term

inhalation of coal

Air circulating within a coal pile

should be restricted as it contributes to

heating compacting helps seal air out.

Moisture in coal contributes to

spontaneous heating because it assists

the oxidation process and should be

limited to 3%.

Coal having high moisture content

should be segregated and used as

quickly as possible. Efforts should be

made to keep stored coal from being





Measures



dust may lead to

pneumoconiosis.

exposed to moisture.

Dry coal shall be kept dry and shall be

not exposed to any rain during storage

period. This concerns what is known

as the heat-of-wetting

Drying coal is an endothermic process

[heat is absorbed] and lowers the

temperature of the coal. Wetting (or

gaining moisture) is an exothermic

process and the liberated heat can

accelerate the spontaneous heating of

the coal.

Following the "first in, first out" rule

of using stock reduces the chance for

hot spots by helping preclude heat

buildup for portions of stock which

remain undisturbed for a long term.

The design of coal storage bins is

important in this regard.

A high ambient temperature aids the

spontaneous heating process.

Use coal as quickly as practicable.

The longer large coal piles are

allowed to sit, the more time the

spontaneous process has to work.

The shape and composition of open

stockpiles can help prevent fires.

Dumping coal into a big pile with a

trestle or grab bucket can lead to

problems. Rather, coal should be

packed in horizontal layers, which are

then leveled by scraping and

compacted by rolling. This method

helps distribute the coal evenly and

thus avoids breakage and segregation

of fine coal. Segregation of coal

particles by size should be strenuously

avoided, as it may allow more air to

enter the pile and subsequent heating

of finer sizes.

Properly inspect, test and maintain

installed fire protection equipment.

Maintain an update pre-fire plan and

encourage regular visits to coal

facilities by the site or local

emergency response force.

Premedical examination, periodical

medical examination shall be carried

out and record needs to be maintained

in form No-32 & 33.

Work place monitoring and health and

hygiene surveillance to be conducted

and regularly work place monitoring

needs to be carried out and record to

be maintained in Form No-37.




Analysis of Alternatives


Chapter 5. Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Site Alternative

The proposed expansion will be carried out within existing industrial premises which have suitable

infrastructure facilities viz. water, power, storage, medical, communication, roads, port and rails etc in /

around the premises. Also, traffic study was carried out on adjacent road of the project site which reveals that

after proposed expansion the Level of Service (LOS) will remain ‘A’ (Excellent). Thus, no additional route

will be required for transportation. Based on the above stated scenario the existing premises were selected for

the proposed project activity.

5.2 Alternative for Technologies

Analysis of alternative technologies with respect to manufacturing process, water, wastewater, fuel

consumption, emissions and solid/hazardous waste management are described under.

Table 5- 1: Analysis of alternative technologies with respect to manufacturing process

Plant Best Available

Technology (BAT)

Technology of

EXISTING

Product

Technology of

PROPOSED

Product

Remarks

(Reason for selecting

the same)

Captive Power

Plant

Thermax. Best

technology supplier:

Thermax CFBC boilers are

capable of burning of wide

range of fuels allowing for

less expansive fuel

preparation and thus,

reduction of costs.

Thermax. is

the best

technology

suppliers for Coal

based Power

Plants with

improved

efficiency

It is expansion of

existing Power

Pant same

technology will

be used for

expansion.

Efficiency of the

technology

supplied is very

good

Table 5- 2: Analysis of alternative technologies with respect to environment/waste management

Particulars Proposed Technology Remarks

Water Supply Total fresh water consumption from 2nd day

onwards will be only 5116 kld.

Water is being supplied by GIDC and same

will be continued after proposed expansion.

Water requirement is minimal and

unit has already proposed water

reuse/recycled option as well as

rainwater harvesting system.

Wastewater

Disposal Domestic effluent will be treated in STP and

same will be reused in gardening.

Steam condensate will be recycled in boiler.

Cooling purge will be reused for dust

suppression.

Industrial effluent- will be treated in ETP

units.

Treated wastewater will be reused /recycled

for different uses.

As per adequacy report (Annexure

2-6) with respect to existing

wastewater treatment plant, it is

conform that the existing plant is

efficient/ efficacious to treat

additional wastewater pollutant load

and treated wastewater will conform

statutory desired norms.

Fuel

Requirement /

and Air

Emissions

Control

Imported coal will be used as fuel for boiler.

Its source will be, Singapore, India, Adani

Enterprises Limited, Surya Exim Limited.

ESP and low NOx burner will be equipped to

boiler Online sensors will be provided.

The proposed air pollution control

system is efficient and adequate to

take care of the potential emissions.

Hazardous The hazardous wastes generated from the All type of wastes to be properly




Analysis of Alternatives


Particulars Proposed Technology Remarks

Waste Disposal units are mainly; ETP sludge, used oil,

discarded drum /containers/ carboys plastic

bags /liners, as well as spent resin.

These wastes will be properly collected and

stored in a separated/designated storage area

and safely disposed to approve TSDF/

/authorized recycler.

Unit will obtain membership TSDF /CHWIF

membership to accommodate additional

hazardous prior to Consent to Operate.

segregated, collected & stored in a

separate/ designated storage area

and safely transported to GPCB

authorized agencies(s) for its final

disposal.

Solid Waste

(Fly Ash)

Disposal

Fly ash will be collected in dry form and

storage facility (silos) will be provided. Fly

ash will be sold to M/s. Ultratech, M/s.

Anmol & Co., J.K. Lakshmi Cement, and

Ambuja Cement.

Adequate dust extraction system, water spray

system in dusty areas such as in coal

handling and ash handling points, transfer

areas and other vulnerable dusty areas will be

provided. Pneumatic ash handling system

will be provided for ash handling.

No ash will be disposed off in low

lying area.

No Ash pond will be constructed

It would not be out of place to mention that M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is an ISO 9001:2008 (Quality

Management System), ISO 14001:2004 (Environment Management System) and OHSAS 18001: 2007

(Occupational Health and Safety Management System) certified company. Company has laid down policy

towards best quality, environment, health and safety management. Also, company is committed to meet the

environmental statutory norms by using best available technologies.




Environmental Monitoring Program


Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Objectives of Environment Monitoring

The main objectives of environmental monitoring are -

To assess the changes in environmental conditions,

To monitor the effective implementation of mitigation/control measures,

To adopt further prevention/corrective action with respect to mitigation/control measure, if significant

deteriorations in environmental quality occurs.

6.2 Details of Environment Monitoring

Regular Monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and safety

measures in the plant are vital for proper environmental management of any industry. Monitoring/sampling

and analysis/ measurement of various environmental parameters will be carried out as per national/

international standard methods (IS/APHA/validated method). Environmental Monitoring Program to be

adopted by M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is as given in Table 6-1.

Table 6- 1: Environmental monitoring programme

S.

No. Particulars Location

Monitoring

Parameters

Monitoring

Frequency

Monitoring and Record

Keeping

During Construction Phase

1 Ambient air

quality

outside

premises.

Near Construction

area and nearby

villages where

monitoring was

done

PM10, PM2.5,

CO, SO2,

NOx, and HC

Weekly

For 24 hrs

GPCB approved agency will

carry out monitoring and data

analysis in accordance with


2 Noise Near Construction

area and nearby

villages where

monitoring was

done

Leq (dBA) Weekly

For 24 hrs





3 Soil Quality Construction area

and nearby villages

where monitoring

was done

Characteristic

and

composition

Montly GPCB approved agency will




4 Surface and

groundwater

quality

Nearby villages

where monitoring

was done

Temperature,

pH, SS, Oil &

Grease, BOD,

COD, TDS,

SS,

Montly GPCB approved agency will




During Operational Phase

1 Ambient air

quality

Material handling,

storgae and vehicle

parking area, one

location within

plant premises area

nearby villages

where monitoring

was done

PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx

Montly

For 24 hrs





A regular monitoring within

the planr presmises is carried

out please refer Annexure-6.1

2 Stack

Monitoring

Proposed plant PM, SO2, NOx Daily /

Monthly

Industry will carry out online

monitoring/ GPCB approved

agency will carry out

monitoring and data analysis in






S.

No. Particulars Location

Monitoring

Parameters

Monitoring

Frequency

Monitoring and Record

Keeping

accordance with Environmental

Clearance.

3 Work place

air quality.

Within premises PM10, PM2.5,

NOx, SO2,

Daily/

Monthly

Industry will carry out online

monitoring/ GPCB approved

agency will carry out



Clearance.

4 Meteorology -- Wind velocity,

wind direction,

Relative

humidity,

Temperature

As required

by statutory

authority

To be monitored as required by

statutory authority.

5 Wastewater

quality

Treated wastewater

from outlet of ETP

Temperature,

pH, SS, Oil &

Grease, BOD,

COD, TDS,

SS,

Daily /

Monthly

Industry will carry out

monitoring and analysis / GPCB

approved agency will carry out



Clearance.

6 Surface and

groundwater

quality

Within 10 km

radius from the

project site.

pH, TSS, TDS,

Alkalinity,

Hardness, TC,

FC,

Temperature,

COD, BOD, Cl-

, Heavy Metals

Quarterly GPCB approved agency will




7 Hazardous

waste

ETP sludge pH, Moisture

content,

Organic matter,

Total inorganic

matter Ca, Mg,

SO4-2, Cl-

Monthly GPCB approved agency will




8 Solid waste Fly ash pH, Moisture

content,

Organic matter,

Total inorganic

matter, Heavy

Metals

Daily/

Monthly

Industry will carry out

monitoring and analysis / GPCB

approved agency will carry out



Clearance.

9 Ambient

noise

environment

Within 10 km

radius from the

project site.

-- Quarterly GPCB approved agency will

carry out monitoring in


Clearance.

10 Work zone

noise

environment

Within premises -- Monthly GPCB approved agency will



Clearance.

11 Soil quality Two locations

within plant

premises and

nearby locations

Compostion

and

characterstics

Yearly and

under

accidental

scenarios




Clearance.

Budget for Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan: GPCB approved agency will carry out

monitoring/sampling, analysis and charge/cost will be as specified by the GPCB. Annual budget allocated

towards monitoring/pollution control arrangement with respect to the proposed project are given in

Chapter- 10.






6.3 Statutory Environmental Requirements and Reporting Schedules

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. is committed to comply and submit the compliance report with respect to

stipulated conditions under the Environment (Protection) Act/Rules and other applicable Acts/ Rules /

Notifications (as amended from time to time and/or as required) to the competent authority.




Additional Studies


Chapter 7. Additional Studies

7.1 Risk Assessment

The purpose of risk assessment study includes; identification and assessment of potential hazards & risks

arising from the proposed activities connected to the manufacturing marketing terminal that requires

management to comply with regulatory requirements; and to reduce or eliminate to As Low As Reasonably

Practical (ALARP) in terms of risk to environment, human health, risk of injury/damage to plant, equipment

and business interruption etc. The scope of the quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is Identification of Hazards

and Major Loss of Containment (LOC) events which consist with calculation of physical effects of accidental

scenarios, which includes frequency analysis for incident scenarios leading to hazards to people and facilities

(flammable gas, fire, and smoke, explosion overpressure and toxic gas hazards) and consequence analysis for

the identified hazards covering impact on people and potential escalation; damage limits identification and

quantification of the risks and contour mapping on the layouts; individual risk quantification and contour

mapping; societal risk quantification and contour mapping; hazard mitigation recommendations based on

QRA. Detail risk assessment study is attached as Annexure- 7.1.

7.2 Social Impact / R&R Action Plan

The socio-economic study of the study area was carried out and related details are presented in Chapter-

3/section- 3.14. The proposed project to be set-up within existing premises and there is no displacement of

villagers/peoples. Therefore, the R&R (Rehabilitation & Resettlement) policy/plan is not undertaken.

However, the direct financial and social benefits with special emphasis on the benefit to the local people

including tribal population will be preferred and the proposed budgets for corporate social responsibility

(CSR) activities are summarized in chapter- 2, section- 2.13.

7.3 Public Consultation

It may be noted that the proposed product to manufacture by M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. (Chemical Division)

fall under the Project/Activity No. 1(d) of Category ‘B’ as stated in the Environmental Impact Assessment

Notification dated 14/09/2006 and therefore Environmental Clearance for these products is required to be

obtained. It was due to this fact that an application/proposal was submitted vide their online (on MoEFCC

website under State portal) Proposal No.: SIA/GJ/IND2/19407/2017 dated 11/07/2017 to obtain related TOR/

Environmental Clearance. The proposal was considered by SEAC (State Expert Appraisal Committee) in its

meeting held on 16/08/2017 at Committee Room GPCB Gandhinagar. SEIAA prescribed/issued TOR in its

meeting held on 28/09/2017. TORs vide their letter Ref. No.: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(d)/890/2017, 29-09-2017.

All the aspects of the TORs are incorporated in the draft EIA/EMP report, the same may be submitted to the

Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB) for conducting public hearing/public consultation as per EIA

Notification, 2006 as well as MoEF&CC’s O.M. J-11011/321/2016-IA .II (I), 27-04-2018.




Project Benefits


Chapter 8. Project Benefits

8.1 General

Grasim Industries Ltd. is very active participation in CSR activity which helps the local people of the area in

terms of education, health, agriculture etc. Last CSR activity carried out by company is attached as

Annexure-2.9. The expansion of power plant will improve the Physical/Social infrastructure.

8.2 Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure

The project will improve the physical infrastructure of the adjoining areas including the following:

Infrastructure development through formation of agriculture credit society

Upgradation of panchayat building, ST bus stands etc.

Awareness program and community activities viz., vocational & skill development training for youth,

drinking water facility, plantation in nearby area etc, medical health facility .

Improved road communication; strengthening of existing community facilities through the existing

community development programme.

8.3 Improvements in the Social Infrastructure

The main focus area of the activities is given below:

Conducting awareness camps for reproductive , child health and HIV -AIDS

Improve the level of literacy at primary, secondary and advanced levels of education by providing

scholarships to the meritorious students, enhancing school infrastructural facilities, industrial training etc.

Sustainable livelihood and farming systems by providing awareness on various agricultural practices for

better yield, pesticide and fertilizer management, etc.

Training and awareness to the self help groups for income generation

Social welfare and woman Empowerment.

Improvement in socio-economic condition of the area in terms of direct and indirect employment due to

the proposed project.

Increase the participation of ASHA and local NGO for the effective implementation of health related

programs.

8.4 Employment Potential–Skilled; Semi-Skilled and Unskilled

There will be employment opportunity for local people during construction and operation phase.

After proposed expansion the additional employment generation would be 50 including male, female,

skilled / unskilled labors and office staff of different expertise. Also, indirect employment will be

anticipated by way of providing services such as civil, mechanical, electrical works. Auxiliary services

such as construction materials transportation, migrant labours movement, taxi services, eateries, heavy

vehicle driving set of skills, service station/garages for construction equipments and heavy vehicles will

induce the demand and promote the local economy. Transportation, accommodation, food consumption

by the migrant people will induce a demand in the local market thereby the boost the local business

community.

This will be an opportunity for the local people to source for alternate livelihood by way of trading,

selling or force to acquire new set of skills due to the change in demand pattern.




Project Benefits


8.5 Other Tangible Benefits

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. will undertake development activities including community welfare programme

for the overall improvement of the socio-economic environment in the project area through its effective

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) programme. In consideration of financial and social benefits with

special emphasis on the benefit to the local people, budgetary fund allocated for various corporate social

responsibilities (CSR) activities such as education of economical weaker children (scholarships to meritorious

students and transportation facility for higher education), tree plantation, medical camp for local villages,

drinking water facility, skill development training for youth, etc. in nearby villages/area. Budgetary plan

details are given in Chapter- 2, section- 2.13




Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis


Chapter 9. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.1 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

As per EIA Notification 14-09-2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is applicable

only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. However, as per the TOR points issued by SEAC, vide their

letter Ref. No.: SEIAA/GUJ/TOR/1(d)/890/2017. Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable.




Environmental Management Plan


Chapter 10. Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Objectives of Environmental Management Plan

The main objectives in formulating this environmental management plan are:

To treat all the pollutants viz. liquid, solid and gaseous those contribute to the degradation of the

environment with appropriate technology.

To comply with all regulations stipulated by the Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

(MoEFCC) /Pollution Control Board (PCB) regarding air emissions and liquid effluent discharge under

various Act/Rules/Laws for prevention and control of pollution.

To handle hazardous wastes as per the Hazardous and Other Waste (Management & Trasboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

To encourage support and conduct developmental work for the purpose of achieving environmental

standards and to improve the methods of environmental management.

To create good working conditions (avoidance of air and noise pollution) for employees.

To reduce fire and risk/ accident hazards.

Perspective budgeting and allocation of funds for environmental management expenditure. Continuous

development and search for innovative technologies for a cleaner and better environment.

10.2 Environmental Management Cell

A separate Environmental Management Cell / Organogram as shown in Figure- 10.1 to be set-up to undertake

the monitoring of the environmental pollution level by measuring stack emissions, ambient air quality,

wastewater quality, noise level etc., and development of greenbelt as per Environmental Management Plan.

Environmental Management Cell will meet at least once a month to assess the progress and analyze the data

collected for the month as per the environmental monitoring programme (Chapter- 6), Safety and

Environmental policy attached as Annexure-10.1. Any deviation/variation noticed shall be immediately taken

into consideration for improvement of the same. Yearly action plan of EMP will be updated with respect to

results achieved and proposed activities for next year.

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. will carry out the monitoring to ensure that the pollution is limited to allowable

values and to take preventive / corrective action by either providing new equipments or by improving the

performance of the existing pollution control equipments.

The Environmental Management Organogram will also co-ordinate with all the related activities such as

collection of statistics of health of workers and population of the region and greenbelt development.

Compliance report with respect to Corporate responsibility for Environmental Protection is attached

Annexure 10.2






Figure 10-1: Environmental Management Organogram

Unit Head Technical Head

HR Head EHS Head Civil Head

Security

Evacuation Team

Medical Aid

ERT

PPE

Mutual Aid

Heavy Machinery

Traffic Control

Transportation

Technical Head

Dept. Head (Process) Dept.Head

(Engg. Services & utility)

Dept. Head

(Electrical & Instrument)

Cl2/H2 Plant (Section Head- Engg)

CP Plant Incharge (Section Head- Engg)

PAC Plant Incharge (Section Head- Engg)

ALCP Incharge (Section Head- Engg)

DCS control Room (Engg)

Aditya Birla Chemical Business Head






10.3 Pollution Control Arrangement / Mitigative Measures

Environmental Management Plan would specifically consist of the following and industry will follow the said plan physically as well as in spirit. Pollution control

arrangements/mitigative measures for different types/sources of pollution are presented in the Table 10-1 and Table 10-2.

Table 10- 1: Environmental management plan for different pollution sources (construction phase)

Description Type of Pollutant

/ Wastes

Source Pollution Control Arrangements / Management

Environmental

parameters

Air,

Water,

Noise,

Land/soil,

Flora &fauna,

Socio-economic,

Health & safety

Particulate matter,

fugitive emissions,

domestic waste

water, noise ,

municipal solid /

hazardous waste

Various

construction

activities

like site cleaning,

excavation,

installation of

equipments,

transportation and

material handling

etc.

Loading and unloading of materials from tankers may lead to fugitive emissions. To avoid the

same, the materials transfer will be done through fixed piping connections.

Tarpaulin sheet covers will be used on the materials during transportation.

To reduce the noise generation during the transportation activities; the vehicle will be kept

periodically serviced and maintained as per the requirement of latest trend in automobile industry.

The vehicles having PUCs and spark arrestors will only allowed for the transportation.

All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and serviced to reduce the noise generation.

Sound producing equipments will be enclosed in the sound proofing enclosure to give residual

sound pressure level of 75 dB(A).

Sources of high noise level will be provided adequate sound enclosures.

Domestic wastewater will be treated and disposed off through existing sewage treatment plant

All municipal solid waste will be properly stored on site before it is collected by

municipality/other agency for its ultimate disposal.

All workers will be trained to use wielding shields and follow safer practice.

To minimize the adverse health effects all necessary/ suitable personnel protective equipments like

helmet, safety goggles, gum boots, earmuff/ear plug and safety net etc will be provided for

working personnel.

Excavated earth will be used for re-filling of foundation & plinth, green belt and leveling low lying

areas at project site itself.

Construction and demolition materials (if any) will be used for leveling low lying areas.

Top soil will be stored onsite and used for development of greenbelt/ landscaping.

Regular water sprinkling will be done.

Greenbelt will be developed and maintained (as per EB expert and CPCB guidelines) within the

premises / around the premises.






Table 10- 2: Environmental management plan for different pollution sources (operation phase)


/ Wastes

Source Pollution Control Arrangements / Mangement

Air Environment PM, SO₂, NOx The fllowing actions will be implemented to control the PM, SOx & NOx pollutants

Beneficiated/washed coal shall be used to reduce fly ash, mercury and S content in coal (fuel).

Use of pulverised lime stone to reduce SO2

Control excess air to ensure complete combustion of fuel

Low NOx burners for reduction of NOx emissions.

Use of lime (CaO) or limestone in coal-fired fluidised bed combustion boilers.

ESPs will be provided to reduce PM emissions to <30 mg/Nm3

Dust collection system/filters on silos, conditioning of fly ash withwater sprinklingwhile loading

in trucks and truck covered with tarpaulin.

Enclosed coal storage considering wind directions

Transfer of fly ash from ESP collecting hoppers to fly ash silos pneumatically, conditioning of fly

ash with water sprinkling while loading in trucks and trucks covered with tarpaulin, enclosed coal

storage considering wind direction.

Continuous Emission Monitoring (CEMS)/online monitoring system for pollutants system will be

provided.

Emergency shutdown of boiler in case of APCM failure

Proper barricading will be done to avoid/control of any dispersion of PM outside the premises.

Water sprinkling and plantations should be carried out in the prevailing wind direction in order to

control the dust.

Water sprinkling and plantations will be carried out in the prevailing wind direction in order to

control the dust.

Ambient air quality outside the premises and work place monitoring will be carried out once in a

month through MoEF/NABL/GPCB approved agency.

Company should develop greenbelt on the road sides of Derol and other nearby villages as well as

pavement will be done in unpaved area. As well organize medical camps for health check–up.

Particulate Matter Loading and

unloading at port

Transportation

from port to plant

Coal Handling

Sprinkling of water

By Dumper and Trucks with covered

Tarpaulin sheet

Continuous Sprinkling of water







/ Wastes


Ash Handling

Material

Unloading

Crusher House

and Transfer

Point

Material Bunkers

Storage Yard

Vehicular traffic

within the factory

Continuous Sprinkling of water

Spraying of water to suppress the particle and control the fugitive emission which may generated

during unloading of matrial at plant

De-dusting system provided which will take care of the fugitive emissions that likely to occur

from crusher house and all the transfer points of the belt conveyor system.

Bag filters has been provided at bunker to control the fugitive dust emission.

Air born dust is generated in minor quantity from the material storage yard due to wind, storage

yard is properly covered. Unit has adopted water sprinkling method in storage yard to suppress

dust generation. The unit has also developed plantation around the storage yard for further control

of the fugitive emission.

Only PUC certified vehicle is being be allowed to use.

Water is being sprayed to suppress the particle and control the fugitive emission.

Water

Environment

Low pollution

potential

Domestic

wastewater

Domestic effluent will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and treated wastewater will be

used for gardening purposes.

Slightly higher

pollution potential

Industrial

wastewater

(process, DM plant,

boiler blow-down,

cooling purge,

washing etc)

Effluent conveyance pipeline will be regular check for the leakage.

Zero dischage by Treatment of effluent generated from cooling, boiler blow down, DM water

regeneration, washwater in Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) to achieve the stipulated norms

/standards by statutory authority.

Treated wastewater then passed through RO system. 80% RO permeate recycle back for cooling

water make-up and rejects from RO can be used for dust suppression in coal handling area,

Sprinkling on fly ash and road cleaning

Approx. 60 % Steam condensate from boiler can be recycled back for boiler water make-up.

Proper storm water collection will be provided to avoid water logging, mosquitos breeding etc.

Rainwater harvesting scheme will be installed to recharge sub-surface water level.

Solid / Hazardous

Waste

ETP sludge Wastewater

treatment facility

(ETP)

Will be collected, stored, transported & disposed at authorized TSDF site.

Spent resin /

Spent carbon

Manufacturing

process/water

purification

Will be collected, stored, transported & disposed at authorized TSDF site.







/ Wastes


Used oil Rotating

equipments

Will be collected, stored and sold to authorized recycler.

Discarded bags/

containers / liners

Raw material/other

material supplier

Will be collected, decontamination, stored and reused/ sold to authorized recycler.

Bottom ash/ fly

ash

Boiler - coal based Will be collected in closed silos and sold to cement manufacturing unit (M/s. Anmol & Co., J.K.

Lakshmi Cement, Ambuja Cement). Copy of P.O. for the same has been attached as Annexure-

2.6. Compliance on fly ash management has been/will be submited to SPCB.

E-waste Computer/

electronics

Whatever quantity generated will be sold to authorised recyclers

Battery-waste Battery Whatever quantity generated will be sold to authorised recyclers

Food waste Canteen Will be composted in organic waste convertor and same should be used for soil conditioning

Noise

Environment

Structure-borne

noise: The

vibration

transmitted may

activate the

building structure

where it mounted

without proper

installation.

Air-borne noise

due to air

turbulence at

equipment/

structure and etc.

Noise from

steam turbine

generator

(STG)

Rotating

equipments -

crushers,

grinding

equipment ,

compressors,

fans, pumps

Tranformers,

circuit breakers

Combustion-

induced, Flow

iduced, Steam

safety releif

valves

Boiler soot

blowing

Vibration from

rotating

equipments

STG housed in closed building

Specific acoustic housing /enclosures. All the vibrating parts will be checked periodically and

serviced to reduce the noise generation.

TOV provision of magneto-electric system, plasma actuators, etc.

Specific control system, perforations on exhaust pipes

Use of low pressure centifugal compressor for soot blowing, appreciating that cleaning cycle is

short, of the order of few minutes, and blowing operation occasional depending on fuel quality,

and adopting boiler soot blowing good practices.

All machineries and its accessories will be well designed and mounted/located with the flexible

support or foundation to avoid the vibration noise. Adequate sound enclosures will be provided

and proper maintenance as well as lubrication will be done to all the equipments and machineries

generating high noise. Care will be taken to ensure that the noise level do not exceed 75 dB (A)

during the Day time and 70 dB (A) during the Night time. However, personal protective

equipments (PPE) like earplugs/earmuffs will be provided to all the workers working in such areas

where noise level will be high. In addition to this a large green belt area will be developed around

the premises which will help to reduce noise levels.

Acoustic mat on the water surface will be provided to reduce the water splashing noise. Complete

enclosure with silencers at condenser fan outlets and at air inlets of the enclosure will be







/ Wastes


Cooling Tower fabricated. Greenbelt will be developed around the plant peripheral which act as a curtain/barrier

between the plant and nearby buildings. Vibration isolators to support a water cooling tower,

thereby isolating it from the building structure will be provided. Equipments will be properly

mounted on structure to provide support/add rigidity.

Biological

Environment

(Green belt

Development)

Particulate

emission

Manufacturing

process and other

ancillary activities

Greenbelt will be developed and maintained (as per EB expert and CPCB guidelines) within the

premises/ around the premises to control the expected pollutants due to proposed project activity

as well as to improve the aesthetic.

Characteristic of plants mainly considered for affecting absorption of pollutant gases and removal

of dust particle are as follows.

For absorption of Gases:

Tolerance towards pollutants in question, at concentration, that are not too high to be

instantaneously lethal

Longer duration of foliage

Freely exposed foliage

Adequate height of crown

Openness of foliage in canopy

Big leaves( long and broad laminar surface)

Large number of stomatal apertures

For Removal of Suspended Particular matter

Height and spread of crown.

Leaves supported on firm petiole

Abundance of surface on bark and foliage

Roughness of bark

Abundance of axillary hairs

Hairs or scales on laminar surface

Protected Stomata

Greenbelt development plan including nos. of trees, species/ type of trees, rows of trees and green

belt density etc. are detailed in Chapter- 2.

As per IUCN list there is no sighted fauna fall under any threat category of IUCN in the study area.

Whereas, some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection)

Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl

(Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I .of Wild life protection Act (1972), while many other

birds are included in schedule IV. The rest of the fauna reported from the study area, falls under

either in schedule-II, Schedule-III or Schedule-IV of the wild Life Protection Act 1972.







/ Wastes


Conservation measures will be adopted with respect to same; details are given in Chapter – 3.

Land

Environment

Gaseous/

Particulate

emission

Manufacturing

process,

Transportation

Wastewater should be treated in ETP and treated wastewater shall be reused for different usage.

Pollution control devices/measures will be installed/implemented properly to treat air & liquid

effluent, it will be periodical checked/maintained. Solid/hazardous waste will be collected, stored

in a designated storage area with proper flooring & roofing before it’s final disposal as per

Hazardous & Other Waste Rules 2016.

Tarpaulin sheet covers will be used on the materials during transportation.

Soil samples will be collected at regular interval for mitigation.

Proper paving will be done to avoid land contamination due to leakage/spillage of fuel or material.

Stormwater driange cleaning will be carried out properly to avoid water ponding

Rain Water

Harvesting

Aquifer level

depletion

Ground water

abstraction

Rainwater harvesting is a technique of recharging ground water by collection, storage and

percolation of rain/storm water into the ground water table and replenish the underground aquifers.

All plant administrative building and canteen roofs water will be collected by means of an

appropriate Rain Water Harvesting System, industry roof top rain water harvesting will be done in

such a manner that first water is excluded and subsequently roof top rain water will be harvested.

Risk & Safety

Management

Fire hazards Storage & handling

of materials,

manufacturing

process

Risk Assessment study for proposed project has been carried out. Details of Risk assessment study

report along with mitigation measure/emergency plan to control / minimize the probable hazard

due to proposed project are given in Chapter – 7, Annexure- 7.1.

Fire fighting equipments/system and extinguishers will be installed as per the requirement of the

fire risk in all plants/sections/departments and/or as per the requirement of Factory Act/ Rules/ IS

2190:1992/suggestion made in Risk Assessment Study.

Occupational/

workers health

& safety

Occupational

health & safety

hazards

Storage & handling

of materials,

manufacturing

process

To minimize the adverse health effects all necessary/ suitable personnel protective equipments like

helmet, safety goggles, gum boots, earmuff/ear plug and safety net etc will be provided for

working personnel.

All suggested/proposed pollution control devices/measure should be installed and operated /

maintained properly on regular basis.

All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company as well unit is also committed towards

the Health & Safety of workers and will provide a facility of pre-medical check-up of employees

for detecting any kind of adverse effect on the health of employee due to the chemical or work

place condition and providing opportunity to improve the working condition.

The workers exposed to higher noise level will be provided with ear muffs/ear plugs. The workers

exposed to higher noise level will be provided with ear muffs/ ear plugs. Proper handling of the

materials and the maintenance of Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will be followed to ensure

safety within the plant area.







/ Wastes


Drinking water supply for the employees will be provided by the project proponent and the

standard of the drinking water will be as per guidelines. Proper sanitary facilities will be made

available by the project proponent so that employees do not suffer from any health ailments. The

employees will be made aware of general practices sanitary practices.

Periodical training programme to inform the employees about their task, associated risk, and safe –

working practices will be undertaken. Training will also include information on accident

prevention, proper control and maintenance of equipment and safe material handling practices. To

refresh the academic and skill improvement as per management requirement, induction training

and external training will be provided to fresher’s with respect to “Industrial Safety & Health

Training”.

Onsite-offsite emergency plan/disaster management plan will be developed as per the suggestion

made in Risk Assessment Study. A regular monitoring of the occupational Health and Safety will

reduce the chances of accidents hence all the records of job related accidents and illness will be

maintained as per the requirement of Gujarat Factory Act. This information will be reviewed and

evaluated to improve the effectiveness of Environmental Health and Safety programme.

Regular work place monitoring will be carried out form-37 will be maintained as per GFR

Cleaner

Production ,

Resource /

Energy

Conservation

Solid/liquid/gases

pollutants

Manufacturing

process & material

handling/ storage

The cleaner production is a way or a tool to have sustainable development with initiative to have

growth minimum disturbance to environment and human being. The approach to cleaner

production is different from conventional method of end of pipe treatment. Cleaner production

approach is directly reduction at source. Details of the same are given in Chapter- 2.

Socio-Economic

Environment

and Corporate

Social

Responsibility

(CSR)

--

-- Regular environment awareness programme should organize to improve upon the surrounding

population about the beneficial impacts of the projects and about the measures being undertaken

for improving quality of life.

To minimize strain on existing infrastructure adequate provision of basic amenities education,

health, transport etc is made considering the needs of workplace and migrating population.

Promoting tree plantation in the area should develop social forestry.

Sanitation facilities must gradually be improved for better hygiene and Health

Employment strategy would prefer employment of local people, promote Skill development.

To mitigate the adverse impact likely to arise in social, cultural and economical aspects in the

surrounding region and the proposed project is expected to contribute towards enlistment of local

people quality of life CSR activity will be organized. CSR activities are proposed by the industry

and budgetary details are given in Chapter- 2.






10.4 Budgetary Allocation for Pollution Control Arrangements

The budgetary allocation towards pollution control arrangements for the proposed project is presented in the

Table- 10.3.

Table 10- 3: Budgetary allocation towards pollution control arrangements

Sr.

No.

Area of

Expenditure

Capital

Cost

(Rs.)

Recurring

Cost /Annum

(Rs.)

Remarks

1. Air Pollution

Control

25,000,000 1,000,000 Capital cost would include air pollution

control devices and the recurring cost would

include operation and maintenance of

pollution control devices and stack

monitoring.

2. Water Pollution

Control

100,000 50,000 Capital cost would include cost of wastewater

treatment plant related piping activity and

recurring cost would include maintenance

charges, manpower salary etc.

3. Noise Pollution

Control

1,000,000 50,000 Capital cost would include providing adequate

sound enclosures and recurring cost would

include monitoring of noise level.

4. Solid Waste

Pollution

Control

3,000,000 25,000,000 Capital cost would include expense for

providing storage area for hazardous waste

and recurring cost would be for solid/

hazardous waste packing and for the

membership of TSDF site and CHWIF.

5. Green Belt 5,000,000 3,500,000 Capital cost would include development of

green belt and recurring cost would include

maintenance charges.

6. Rain Water

Harvesting

1,000,000 200,000 Capital cost would include development of

Rain water harvesting and recurring cost

would include maintenance charges.

Total 35,100,000 29,800,000 --

It is expected that unit shall expend a capital cost about Rs. 3.51 Crores and annual recurring cost about

Rs. 2.98 Crores towards environment management which is based on current financial assets of

environmental management systems/techniques.




Summary and Conclusion


Chapter 11. Summary and Conclusion

11.1 Land / Soil Environment

The soil pollution is generally due to wastewater and solid waste. Industrial effluent will be treated in Effluent

Treatment Plant and the treated effluent confirming to the standards will be used for gardening/ other purposes

with in premises. To avoid discharge of air pollutants which may causes health /environmental impact on

surrounding area, required preventive pollution control measures will be provided. All hazardous waste/solid

waste/batteries and e-waste will be handled and disposed off properly, as per the applicable Act /Rules

prescribed by MoEF&CC, CPCB related statutory authority.

Therefore, there would be no adverse impact on the land /soil environment due to this proposed project.

11.2 Meteorology and Air Environment

The general meteorological data collected during the study period confirms that climatic status of the study

area is consistent with the regional meteorology. Baseline AAQ data indicates that average concentration of

ambient air quality parameter such as PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, in the surrounding area is within the permissible

limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ).

The ground level concentration evaluated by Dispersion Modeling, It is found that incremental values due to

the operation of proposed project PM10 will be slightly higher at few places other parameters are very less and

well within the permissible limit as prescribed in the NAAQ standards. The unit will transport and store raw

materials, hazardous /solid waste in closed containers to reduce the fugitive emissions as well.

The ambient air quality around the proposed project site will slightly increase after the proposed project.

Regular sprinkling of water will be carried out to minimize the dust emission/ fly ash/ coal handling.

Greenbelt will be developed in and around the premises as well as nearby villages of the study area.

Thus, there would be marginal adverse impact on the air environment due to the proposed project.

11.3 Noise Environment

Noise level in the project premises will be controlled at the source itself by appropriate use of noise

suppressing systems. Noise level in the surrounding study area is well within the permissible limits given by

the National Ambient Noise Quality Standards. Thus, Noise generated due to the project activity shall create

minor impact in surrounding environments. This shall further be attenuated by a barrier of plantation at the

periphery of the project site.

11.4 Water Environment

Baseline data reveals that overall GIDC water quality is satisfactory to serve for a domestic purpose as per

drinking water quality standards IS 10500: 2012. Surface water and ground water is not suitable for drinking

since the water quality shows high TDS concentration as well as pond of few places under eutrophication,

which may be due to animal bathing, washing of cloths and domestic wastewater discharge.

Total water consumption; from second day onwards will be 5116 m3/day. Wastewater generation and

disposal; domestic wastewater (6.4m3/day) will be treated in STP treated water will be reused within premises

for gardening. 5870 kl/day steam condensate will be reused in boiler.

The industrial effluent (7215 m3/day) from boiler blow down, cooling blow down will be treated in existing

ETP followed by RO treatment. 80 % (5772 kl/day) RO permeate will be reused for cooling make-up and

20% RO reject will be used for dust suppression near coal handling area , sprinkling on fly ash and road side

cleaning.

Thus, it can be concluded that there would not be any significant adverse impact on the water environment

due to the proposed project.






11.5 Geohydrology

As stated above during construction as well as during operation phase, the water requirement will be met

through GIDC. Industry has proposed to install/erect rainwater harvesting system to recharge the ground

water. Proper monitoring and care shall be taken for effective management of treated effluents.

Hazardous/solid waste will be managed as per CPCB guidelines. Storm water drainage facility will be

properly managed to avoid any accumulation of rain water during the monsoon

Thus, it can be concluded that there would not be any significant adverse impact on the ground water

environment a due to the proposed project.

11.6 Geology and Soil

It may be noted that unit is Chlor –Alkali/ Synthetic organic chemicals manufacturing unit. As per Earthquake

zoning map of India, project area lies in the Moderate Risk Zone (Zone-III) of seismicity. Transportation of

hazardous waste to be carried out as per CPCB guidelines. Plantation of trees will reduce the impact on soil;

soil samples will be collected and tested at regular intervals from nearby areas.

Fly ash will be collected in closed silos therefore there will not be any adverse impact on soil due to proposed

expansion. Regular water sprinkling will be carried out to avoid dust emission which may arise due to

transportation of raw material/products/hazardous waste and coal handling. Proper care should be taken for

storage of fuel and raw material to avoid any spillage. RCC flooring, paving, covered shed should be done to

reduce contamination of soil. Approx. 33% green belt will be developed which help in soil erosion control.

11.7 Ecology and Biodiversity

The flora and fauna of the study area indicate that there are well diversified species in the study area, which

proves that impact on flora and fauna is negligible. There would be no adverse impact of air pollution on the

surrounding ecology as all the necessary air pollution control measures will be provided.

It may be noted the unit will develop a large green belt area, which will help in inviting birds and other

creatures to proliferate. Thus, the proposed project would not have any adverse impact on the ecology.

11.8 Socio-Economic Environment

The proposed project will generate employment during operation phase. The indirect employment will also be

generated by way of transportation, shopkeepers and other casual employment for many people. Local people

will be given preference for the jobs in the proposed project.

Economic status of the local people will improve due to the increased business opportunities, thereby, making

a positive impact. Educational, medical and housing facilities in the study area will considerably improve.

Thus, the proposed project will have significant positive impact on the employment pattern of the study area.

11.9 Risk and Hazard

From the Risk Analysis studies conducted, it is observed that by and large, the risks will be confined within

the factory boundary walls in case of fire & explosion, it will create on site emergency situations for which it

will require more attention and emergency preparedness to combat such situation. To minimize the

consequential effects of the risk scenarios, following steps are recommended.

o Plant should meet provisions of the Manufacture, Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1986

& the Factories Act, 1948.

o Fire hydrant system needs to be extended in new project as per TAC/NFPA norms.

o Sprinkler needs to be provided in coal storage yard.

o Periodic On Site Emergency, Mock Drills should be conducted, in order to train the staff and make them

mentally prepared to tackle any emergency.

o Emergency handling facilities should be maintained in a tip top condition round the clock.






o Safe operating procedure should be prepared for hazardous material handling process.

o Safety devices and control instruments should be calibrated once in a year.

o Proper coloring as per IS 2379 should be done in plant of pipeline network, tank and equipment’s, to

protect it from corrosion.

o Preventive maintenance schedule should be prepared for all the equipments and colour code or tagging

should be provided.

o Permit to work system should be implemented on 100% basis for hazardous work to be carried out in the

plant.

o The details of emergency equipments are given in on site emergency Plan along with its quantity.

o Manual call points for fire location identification should be installed in plant premises.

o For proposed plant Fire & Safety organization setup to be replanted for better plant process safety.

o Induction safety course should be prepared and training of all new employees before starting duties in


11.10 Summary of the EIA Study

Identification and quantification of impacts has been carried by using Matrix Method / Delphi Techniques

which reveals that the Pollution Potential of the proposed power plant project is Moderate.

The environmental acceptabiity of proposed project is evaluated by using Leopod Matrix has carried out; It

signifies that there will be appreciable but reversible adverse impact on the environment due to the proposed

project and mitigation measures are needed during construction phase as well as during operation phase.

Based on which mitigation measures/management plan has suggested for the effective implementation to

achieve the goal of sustaianable development.

The salient features of the impact on environment due to the proposed project after mitigation measures can be

summarized as follows:

Construction phase will not impart appreciable impact, as indicated mitigation measures will be

followed.

Negligible impacts will occur on air quality during operation phase. However, all the necessary air

pollution control measures will be provided.

Negligible impact of Geology and Soil environment.

No any adverse impact on Landuse /Geohydrology

No ecological damage will occur.

No adverse impacts will occur on water / Air environment.

Economic status of the local population will be improved due to the increased business opportunities.

The industry will generate employment.

Approx. Rs. 2.5 crores will be spent in CSR activity

Budget allocated for Pollution Control measures is about Rs. 3.51 Crores (capital cost) and about Rs.

2.98 Crores (annual recurring cost).

Environmental Management Plan has been formulated to control all the pollution control measures and

Environmental Management Cell has been set-up to follow the formulated environmental plan. Thus, the

proposed project will have overall minor negative impacts on the environment and these impacts will be

encountered with proper mitigative measures.




Disclosure of Consultant Engaged


Chapter 12. Disclosure of Consultant Engaged

Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (AECPL) is a group of young professionals dedicated to

assignments in Pollution Control under the dynamic leadership of Mr. Rakesh Shah be it Air, Solid or Water

related Pollution Control.

Since 1978 Anand Environmental Consultants Pvt. Ltd. (earlier known as Anand Consultants) has been

working as Environmental Engineers in India as well as Bangladesh. During the said 39 years AECPL have

worked for different type of industries providing various services related to consultancy, laboratory, field

studies, project execution as well as operation and maintenance. Turnkey assignments are undertaken by a

sister concern.

AECPL happen to be Environmental Auditors appointed by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board as per the

directives of the Honorable High Court of Gujarat.

AECPL has been accredited by QCI / NABET. Environmental testing laboratory of AECPL has also been

accredited by NABL.

AECPL have the necessary manpower and expertise in various fields as also the required infrastructure

facilities to carry out work related to environmental engineering.

Contact information:

16, Everest Tower, Nr. Ankur Society, Naranpura, Ahmedabad-13, Gujarat.

Ph./Fax:079-27484871

E-mail: [email protected],

Web.: www.pollutioncontrol.co.in

Name Designation Area of

Expertise

Degree / Qualification Years of

Experience

EIA Coordinators (EC)

Mr. Rakesh C. Shah

(Director)

Environmental

Engineer

AP,

WP,

RH,

SHW

M.S. (U.S.A.)

B.Tech. (IIT)

39

Ms. Dipal Shah Environmental

Scientist

AQ,

AP,

SHW,

M.Sc. (Env. Science)

B.Sc. (Env. Science)

8.5

Mr. Awadhesh Kumar Environmental

Engineer

AP,

WP,

RH,

SHW

M. Tech. (Env. Engineering)


PG.D. (Industrial Safety)

7.5

Ms. Chandralekha

Bharti

Environmental

Engineer

AQ,

WP,

SHW,

LU

M. Tech. (Env. Engineering)


7.5

Functional Area Experts (FAE)

Mr. Deepak Chanchad Empanelled

Expert

RH M.Sc. (Chemistry)

B.Sc.( Chemistry)

PDIS (industrial safety)

32

Dr. Manoj Eledath Empanelled

Expert

EB Ph.D.

M.Sc. (Bioscience)

23

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.pollutioncontrol.co.in/




Disclosure of Consultant Engaged


Name Designation Area of

Expertise

Degree / Qualification Years of

Experience

Dr. Harshit Sinha Empanelled

Expert

SE Ph.D. (Sociology)

M.A. (Sociology)

B.A. (Sociology)

23

Mr. Nirzar Lakhia

Empanelled

Expert

LU,

GEO,

HG

M.Sc. (Applied Geology)

M.Sc. (Geology)

B.Sc. (Geology)

15

Mr. Rajendra T. Gohil Empanelled

Expert

NV B. E. (Env. Engineering) 10

Ms. Amita K. Rathod Environmental

Scientist

WP,

AP,

SHW,

SC

M.Sc. (Chemistry)

B.Sc. (Chemistry)

10

Ms. Purvi Patel Environmental

Scientist

AQ,

SHW


B.Sc. (Microbiology)

8

Mr. Mayur Kumar B.

Solanki

Socio-Economist SE MSW (Master of Social Work)

B.A. (English)

3

Functional Area Associates (FAA)

Ms. Sweta Shah Environmental

Engineer

AP,

WP

B.E. (Env. Engineering) 2

Technical Support Team Members (TM)

Mr. M. M. Khatri Environmental

Scientist

AP ,

WP

M.Sc. (Organic Chemistry)

B.Sc. (Chemistry)

26

Ms. Preeti Mistri Environmental

Engineer

EB,

AP


B.Sc. (Env. Science)

2.5

Mr. Chintan R. Shah Environmental

Engineer

M.Tech. (Civil Engineering)

B.Tech. (Civil Engineering)

4

Mr. Maulik Patel Environmental

Engineer

B.E. (Env. Engineering) 1.5

Ms. Kinnari Vaddoriya Environmental

Engineer

M.E. (Env. Engineering)

B.E. (Env. Engineering)

1

Ms. Isha Mehta Environmental

Engineer

M.E. (Env. Engineering)

B.E. (Env. Engineering)

1

Mr. Nevil Christian Environmental

Engineer

B.E. (Env. Engineering) 1

Mr. Siddharth Environmental

Engineer

M.Tech. (Env. Engineering)

B.Tech. (Civil Engineering)

0.5

NOTE:

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control

WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management

SE - Socio – economics

EB - Ecology and biodiversity

HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation

GEO - Geology

SC - Soil conservation

AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction

NV - Noise vibration

LU - Land use

RH - Risk assessment and hazard management

Documents

M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd. - Gujarat Pollution …...EIA report for proposed expansion of power plant by installation of 45 MW Captive Power Pant M/s. Grasim Industries Ltd (Unit